High Definition

Digital Camcorder
user manual
HMX-H100P/HMX-H1000P/ HMX-H1000P/
HMX-H104BP/HMX-H105BP/
HMX-H1052BP/HMX-H106SP/ HMX-H106SP/
HMX-H1062SP
imagine the possibilities
Thank you for purchasing this Samsung product.
To receive more complete service, please register
your product at
www.samsung.com/register
ii_ English
key features of your HD camcorder
Full HD (high definition) image quality:
50i (interlaced)
SD (standard definition) image quality:
50i (interlaced)
<1080i / 16:9 Full high definition camcorder>
1080i
1920
<576i / normal digital camcorder>
720
576i
Image resolution: about 6 times that of previous SD camcorders (576i).
The HD camcorder is capable of recording and playing back both Full HD (high definition: 1920x1080) and Standard
Definition (SD) image quality. Select the recording image quality, Full HD (high definition) or SD (standard definition),
before recording.
ENJOYING IMAGES WITH FULL HIGH DEFINITION (HD) QUALITY
You can view recorded movies with Full HD (high definition) image quality.
• This HD camcorder offers 1080i resolution with a sharper image than previous SD camcorders (576i).
It also supports widescreen recording with an aspect ratio of 16:9.
• Recordings made in Full HD (high definition) image quality will fit widescreen (16:9) HDTVs.
If your TV is not a high definition TV, movies with HD (high definition) image quality will be displayed with SD
(standard definition) image quality.
- To enjoy Full HD-quality images, you will need a TV supporting 1920x1080i input.
(Refer to the user manual of your TV.)
- To enjoy HD-quality images, use an HDMI (optional) or Component/AV (Y/PB/PR, Audio L/R) cable.
When using the Component/AV cable in a regular video connection (Video, Audio L/R) to your TV, HD-quality
images cannot be viewed and are down-converted to SD (Standard Definition).
• The image is recorded in 720x576p when the quality is set to SD in the HD camcorder.
Movies recorded at SD (standard definition) image quality cannot be converted to HD (high definition).
English _iii
FEATURES OF YOUR NEW HD CAMCORDER
2.2 Mega pixel (Gross) CMOS sensor
1/4.1” CMOS sensor provides stunning detail and clarity with exceptional video (1920 lines of horizontal resolution-HD mode or
720 lines of horizontal resolution-SD mode) and still image performance (4.6 mega pixels).
Unlike traditional CCD imagers, CMOS sensors require less power, providing better battery performance.
SSD (SOLID STATE DRIVE) adopted as built-in storage media SOLID STATE DRIVE) adopted as built-in storage media ) adopted as built-in storage media (HMX-H104BP/HMX-H105BP/HMX-H1052BP/HMX-H106SP/HMX-H1062SP only)
SSD based on flash memory has been adopted as built-in memory for the camcorder.
SSD helps the camcorder boot, read data and operate the software much faster than normal HDD (Hard Disk Drives).
Also, SSD is very stable, durable and makes less noise while in operation. It is environment-friendly because low electric power is
required.
H.264 (MPEG4 part10/AVC) encoding
The latest video compression technology, H.264 uses a high compression
rate to sharply increase the recordable time with the same size storage.
HDMI interface (Anynet+ supported)
• If you have an HDTV with an HDMI jack, you can enjoy a clearer and sharper image
when compared to a standard definition TV.
• This HD camcorder supports Anynet+.
Anynet+ is an AV network system that enables you to control all connected Samsung
AV devices with an Anynet+ supported Samsung TV remote control. Refer to the corresponding
TV’s user manual for more details.
2.7” wide (16:9) touch panel LCD screen (230K pixels)
The 2.7” wide (16:9) LCD screen provides excellent viewing clarity with improved resolution. The
230K pixel LCD screen rotates up to 270 degrees for multiple viewing angles providing sharp,
detailed images for monitoring or playback, and the widescreen format makes shooting in 16:9
mode and composing shots even easier.
Touch panel adopted
You can play recorded images and set functions by simply tapping on the LCD screen.
Swivel handle for free style shooting
You can adjust the swivel handle’s angle up to 180° to suit the recording situation.
Built-in editing software (Intelli-studio)
Editing software is stored in this camcorder. Connecting the camcorder to a Windows computer using USB cable runs the
editing software application. The application enables playback, editing and sharing of the recordings.
W
T
DC
IN
AV
Anynet+
supported
iv_ English
safety warnings
What the icons and signs in this user manual mean;

WARNING
Means that death or serious personal injury is a risk.
CAUTION
Means that there is a potential risk for personal injury or material damage.
CAUTION
To reduce the risk of fire, explosion, electric shock, or personal injury when using your HD
camcorder, follow these basic safety precautions:
Means hints or referential pages that may be helpful when operating the HD camcorder.
These warning signs are here to prevent injury to you and others.
Please follow them explicitly. After reading this section, keep it in a safe place for future reference.
precautions
Warning!
• This camcorder should always be connected to an AC outlet with a protective grounding connection.
• Batteries shall not be exposed to excessive heat such as sunshine, fire or the like.
Caution
Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced.
Replace only with the same or equivalent type.
To disconnect the apparatus from the mains, the plug must be pulled out from the mains socket,
therefore the mains plug shall be readily operable.
English _v
important information on use
BEFORE USING THIS CAMCORDER
• This HD camcorder records video in H.264 (MPEG4 part10/AVC) format and in High (HD-VIDEO) and Standard resolution (SD-VIDEO).
• Please note that this HD camcorder is not compatible with other digital video formats.
• Before recording important video, make a trial recording.
Play back your trial recording to make sure the video and audio have been recorded properly.
• The recorded contents cannot be compensated for:
- Samsung cannot compensate for any damage caused when a recording cannot be played back because of a defect in the HD camcorder
or memory card.
Samsung cannot be responsible for your recorded video and audio.
- Recorded contents may be lost due to a mistake when handling this HD camcorder or memory card, etc. Samsung shall not be
responsible for compensation for damages due to the loss of recorded contents.
• Make a backup of important recorded data
Protect your important recorded data by copying the files to a PC. We also recommend you copy it from your PC to other recording media for
storage. Refer to the software installation and USB connection guide.
• Copyright: Please note that this HD camcorder is intended for individual use only.
Data recorded on the storage media in this HD camcorder using other digital/Analogue media or devices is protected by the copyright act and
cannot be used without permission of the owner of copyright, except for personal enjoyment. Even if you record an event such as a show,
performance or exhibition for personal enjoyment, it is strongly recommended that you obtain permission beforehand.
Correct disposal of batteries in this product
(Applicable in the European Union and other European countries with separate battery return systems)
This marking on the battery, manual or packaging indicates that the batteries in this product should not be disposed of with other
household waste at the end of their working life. Where marked, the chemical symbols Hg, Cd or Pb indicate that the battery
contains mercury, cadmium or lead above the reference levels in EC Directive 2006/66. If batteries are not properly disposed of,
these substances can cause harm to human health or the environment.
To protect natural resources and to promote material reuse, please separate batteries from other types of waste and recycle
them through your local, free battery return system.
Correct Disposal of This Product
(Waste Electrical & Electronic Equipment)
(Applicable in the European Union and other European countries with separate collection systems)
This marking shown on the product or its literature, indicates that it should not be disposed with other household wastes at the
end of its working life. To prevent possible harm to the environment or human health from uncontrolled waste disposal, please
separate this from other types of wastes and recycle it responsibly to promote the sustainable reuse of material resources.
Household users should contact either the retailer where they purchased this product, or their local government office, for details
of where and how they can take this item for environmentally safe recycling. Business users should contact their supplier and
check the terms and conditions of the purchase contract. This product should not be mixed with other commercial wastes for
disposal.
vi_ English
ABOUT THIS USER MANUAL
• ThankyouforpurchasingthisSamsungCamcorder.Pleasereadthisusermanualcarefullybeforeyouusethecamcorderand
keepithandyforfuturereference.Shouldyourcamcorderfailtooperatecorrectly,refertoTroubleshooting.page119
• ThisUserManualcoversmodelsHMX-H100P,HMX-H1000P,HMX-H104BP,HMX-H105BP,HMX-H1052BP,HMX-H106SP,
andHMX-H1062SP.
TheHMX-H104BP,HMX-H105BP,HMX-H1052BP,HMX-H106SP,andHMX-H1062SPhavea16GB,32GB,32GB,64GB,
and64GBbuilt-infashmemoryrespectivelybutalsousememorycards.
TheHMX-H100P/HMX-H1000Pdoesnothavebuilt-infashmemoryandusesmemorycardsexclusively.
AlthoughsomefeaturesofHMX-H100P,HMX-H1000P,HMX-H104BP,HMX-H105BP,HMX-H1052BP,HMX-H106SP,and
HMX-H1062SParedifferent,theyoperateinthesameway.
• IllustrationsofmodelHMX-H105BPareusedinthisusermanual.
• ThescreenshotsarefromWindowsXP.Thescreensmayvarydependingontheoperatingsystemofthecomputer.
• ThedisplaysinthisusermanualmaynotbeexactlythesameasthoseyouseeontheLCDscreen.
• Designsandspecifcationsofthecamcorderandotheraccessoriesaresubjecttochangewithoutanynotice.
• Thefollowingtermsareusedinthismanual:
- Theterms‘video’and‘movieimages’refertoonevideounitfromthepointyoupresstheRecord start/stopbuttontostart
recordinguntilyoupressagaintopausetherecording.
- Theterms‘photo’and‘stillimage’areusedinterchangeablywiththesamemeaning.
NOTES REGARDING TRADEMARKS
• AllthetradenamesandregisteredtrademarksmentionedinthismanualorotherdocumentationprovidedwithyourSamsung
productaretrademarksorregisteredtrademarksoftheirrespectiveholders.
• Windows
®
isregisteredtrademarkortrademarkofMicrosoftCorporation,registeredintheUnitedStatesandothercountries.
• YouTube
®
isatrademarkofGoogleInc.
• Flickr
®
isatrademarkofYahoo.
• Alltheotherproductnamesmentionedhereinmaybethetrademarkorregisteredtrademarksoftheirrespectcompanies.
• Furthermore,“TM”and“R”arenotmentionedineachcaseinthismanual.
English _vii
precautions when using
WARNING
Do not overload outlets or
extension cords as this may
result in abnormal heat or fire.
Using the camcorder at
temperatures over 140°F(60°
C) may result in fire. Keeping the
battery at a high temperature
may cause an explosion.
W
4
4
W
Do not allow water or metal
and inflammable matter to
enter the camcorder or AC
power adaptor. Doing so may
pose a fire hazard.
W
4
4
W
No sand or dust! Fine sand or
dust entering the camcorder
or AC power adaptor could
cause malfunctions or defects.
SAND
The safety precautions illustrated below are to prevent personal injury or material damages. Heed all instructions carefully.
Unplug from the power supply. Do not touch the product. Prohibited action. WARNING
Means that death or serious
personal injury is a risk.
This precaution must be kept. Do not disassemble the
product.
CAUTION
Means that there is a potential
risk for personal injury or
material damage.
Do not bend the power-cord or
damage the AC power adaptor
by pressing on it with a heavy
object. There may be a risk of
fire or electric shock.
Do not disconnect the AC
adaptor by pulling on its
power-cord, as this could
damage the power-cord.
No oil! Oil entering the
camcorder or AC power
adaptor could cause electric
shock, malfunctions or
defects.
L
I
O
Do not aim the LCD screen
directly into the sun. Doing so
could cause eye injuries, as
well as lead to malfunctioning
of internal parts of the product.
W
4
4
W
viii_ English
Do not plug or unplug the power cord
with wet hands. There is a risk of electric
shock.
Do not attempt to disassemble, repair, or
reform the camcorder or the AC adaptor to
avoid a risk of fire or electric shock.
Keep the power-cord unplugged when
not in use or during lightning storms to
prevent fire hazard.
When cleaning the AC adaptor, unplug
the power-cord to avoid a risk of a
malfunction or electric shock.
If the camcorder makes an abnormal sound, or smell
or smokes, unplug the power-cord immediately and
request service from a Samsung service centre.
There is a risk of fire or personal injury.
W
4
4
W
Do not dispose of battery pack in a fire as
it may explode.
Do not use the AC adaptor if it has
damaged, split or broken cords or wires.
Doing so may cause fire or electric shock.
Do not connect the AC adaptor unless the
plug can be fully inserted with no part of
the blades exposed.
Keep the used lithium battery or memory
card out of the reach of children. If the
lithium battery or memory card is swallowed
by children, consult physician immediately.
Never use cleaning fluid or similar
chemicals. Do not spray cleaners directly
on the camcorder.
d i u l f g n i n a e l c
Keep the camcorder away from water
when used near the beach or pool or
when it rains. There is a risk of malfunction
or electric shock.
W
4
4 W
If the camcorder malfunctions, detach
immediately the AC adaptor or battery
from the camcorder to avoid fire or injury.
W
4
4 W
English _ix
precautions when using
CAUTION
Do not drop or expose the camcorder,
battery pack, AC adaptor or other
accessories to severe vibrations or impact.
This may cause a malfunction or injury.
W
4
4
W
Do not use the camcorder on a tripod (not
supplied) in a place where it is subject to
severe vibrations or impact.
Do not use the camcorder near direct
sunlight or heating equipment. This will
especially shorten the operation range of
the remote control which uses infrared rays.
Do not expose the camcorder to sand or
water when recording at the beach or pool,
or recording on a rainy day. Doing so may
cause a malfunction or electric shock.
Do not leave the camcorder in a closed
vehicle where the temperature is very high
for a long time.
Do not use the camcorder near dense exhaust
gas generated by gasoline or diesel engines,
or corrosive gas such as hydrogen sulphide.
Doing so may corrode the external or internal
terminals, disabling normal operation.
Do not expose the camcorder to insecticide.
Insecticide entering the camcorder could fail
the product to operate normally. Turn the
camcorder off and cover it with vinyl sheet,
etc. before using insecticide.
E
D I
C I
T
C
E
S
N I
Do not press the surface of the LCD with
force, or hit it with a sharp object.
If you push the LCD surface, display
unevenness may occur.
Do not expose the camcorder to soot or
steam. Thick soot or steam could damage
the camcorder case or cause a malfunction.
x_ English
Use Samsung-approved accessories only. Using
products from other manufacturers may cause
overheating, fire, explosion, electric shock or ersonal
injuries caused by abnormal operation.
w
T
T
w
Do not use the camcorder near strong radio
waves or magnetism such as speakers and
a large motor. Noise could enter video or
audio that are being recorded.
W
4
4
W
Place the camcorder on a stable surface
and a place with ventilation openings.
W
4
4
W
Keep important data separately.
Samsung is not responsible for data loss.
Do not wipe the camcorder body with
benzene or thinner. The exterior coating could
peel off or the case surface could deteriorate.
W
4
4
W
Do not expose the camcorder to sudden
changed in temperature or a humid place.
There is also a risk of defect or electric shock
when using outdoors during lightning storms.
W
4
4
W
Do not place the camcorder with the open
LCD screen down.
Do not use the camcorder near TV or
radio. This could cause noise on the TV
screen or in radio broadcasts.
W
4
4 W
Do not leave the LCD monitor open when
not using the camcorder.
Do not hold the camcorder by the LCD
monitor when lifting it. LCD monitor could
detach and the camcorder may fall.
QUICK START GUIDE
GETTING TO KNOW YOUR
HD CAMCORDER
7
PREPARATION
11
BEFORE RECORDING
27
07 What’s included with your HD camcorder
08 Front & left view
09 Right & top / bottom view
10 Rear view
11 Using the remote control
13 Holding the HD camcorder
14 Charging the battery pack
19 Basic HD camcorder operation
21 Screen indicators
24 Using the Display ( ) button
24 Using the LCD screen
25 Initial setting: time zone, date and time & OSD language
27 Selecting the storage media
(HMX-H104BP/HMX-H105BP/HMX-H1052BP/
HMX-H106SP/HMX-H1062SP only)
28 Inserting/ejecting a memory card
29 Recordable time and number of images
30 Selecting a suitable memory card
English _01
contents
RECORDING
32
PLAYBACK
41
CONNECTION
48
USING THE MENU ITEMS
53
32 Recording movie images
34 Taking photo images
35 Recording with ease for beginners (EASY Q mode)
36 Capturing still images during movie image recording
(dual recording)
37 Zooming
38 Setting the anti-shake (OIS: optical image stabilizer)
39 Using the built-in flash
40 Capturing still images during movie images playback
41 Changing the playback mode
42 Playing movie images
45 Viewing photo images
48 Connecting to a TV
52 Dubbing images from the camcorder to a VCR or
DVD/HDD recorder
53 Handling menus and quick menus
55 Menu items
58 Quick menu items
59 Recording menu items
79 Playback menu items
81 Setting menu items
02_ English
EDITING MOVIE IMAGES
93
IMAGE MANAGEMENT
99
PRINTING PHOTO IMAGES
102
USING A COMPUTER
105
93 Dividing a movie image
95 Combining two movie images
96 Playlist
99 Protection from accidental erasure
100 Deleting images
101 Copying images
(HMX-H104BP/HMX-H105BP/HMX-H1052BP/
HMX-H106SP/HMX-H1062SP only)
102 DPOF print setting
103 Direct printing with a PictBridge printer
105 Checking your computer type
106 What you can do with a Windows computer
107 Using the Intelli-studio programme
112 Using as a removable storage device
English _03
contents
MAINTENANCE & ADDITIONAL
INFORMATION
115
TROUBLESHOOTING
SPECIFICATIONS
POWER SOURCES
(UNITED KINGDOM ONLY)
115 Maintenance
116 Additional information
118 Using your HD camcorder abroad
119 Troubleshooting
131 Specifications
04_ English
W
T
DC
IN
AV
English _05
quick start guide
This quick start guide introduces the basic operation and features of your camcorder.
See the reference pages below for more information.
Preparation
• Charging the battery pack. page 14
• Setting the date/time and the OSD language.pages 25-26
• Setting the storage media (built-in memory or memory card).
(HMX-H104BP/HMX-H105BP/HMX-H1052BP/HMX-H106SP/
HMX-H1062SP only) page 27
Recording
• Recording movie or photo images. pages 32, 34
Playing back
• Selecting an image to play back from the thumbnail index views.
pages 42, 45
• Viewing playback from your HD camcorder on your TV or PC. PC.
pages 48, 107
Step 2
Step 3
Step 1
INSERT
BATTERY
PACK
06_ English
Connecting to a PC
• You can play back and edit recorded movies or photos
by using the built-in editing software (Intelli-studio) on your camcorder.
Also, using Intelli-studio allows easy upload of recorded movies or photo
files to YouTube or Flickr. page 109
Easy Upload to YouTube or Flickr
• You can upload recorded movies or photos to YouTube or Flickr using Intelli-studio. page 110
Step5
Step 4
Camcorder Intelli-studio
English _07
WHAT’S INCLUDED WITH YOUR HD CAMCORDER
Your new HD camcorder comes with the following accessories. If any of these items is missing from your box, call
Samsung’s Customer Care Centre.
* The exact appearance of each item may vary by model.
• The contents may vary depending on the sales region.
• Parts and accessories are available for purchase at your local Samsung dealer. To buy these, contact
your nearest Samsung dealer. However, IA-BP85NF is not available from retailers. Use IA-BP85ST when
purchasing the battery pack separately.
• A memory card is not included. See page 30 for memory cards compatible with your HD camcorder.
• Your HD camcorder includes the user manual CD and quick start guide (printed). For more detailed
instructions, refer to the user manual (PDF) on the provided CD.
getting to know your HD camcorder

Battery pack
(IA-BP85NF)
AC power adaptor
(AA-E9 type)
Component/AV cable USB cable
Quick start guide
Remote control & button
type battery (CR2025)
User manual CD HDMI cable (Optional)
' '
º 1 ¹ 1 11
' ¯
¯
·
¯
¯
08_ English
FRONT & LEFT VIEW
¯
Built-in flash
¯
Remote control sensor
¯
Lens
·
Recording indicator
'
Built-in speaker
'
Power ( ) button
¯
Display ( ) button
'
EASY Q button
º
Anti-Shake (OIS) ( ) button
1
Flash ( ) button
¹
TFT LCD screen (touch panel)
1
Recording start/stop button
1
Zoom (W/T) button
1
Q.MENU button
WARNING
Be careful not to cover the lens during recording.
' ¯
º
ⓐⓑⓒ
¯ ¯
'
'
¯
·
English _09
RIGHT & TOP / BOTTOM VIEW
getting to know your HD camcorder
¯
PHOTO button
¯
Zoom (W/T) lever
¯
Swivel handle
·
Internal microphone
'
Grip belt hook
'
Grip belt
¯
Tripod receptacle
'
OPEN switch
º
Battery pack/Memory card cover
ⓐ Battery pack release switch
ⓑ Battery pack slot
ⓒ Memory card slot
WARNING
Be careful not to cover the internal microphone during recording.
¯ ¯ · ¯ ¯
DC
IN
AV
'




10_ English
REAR VIEW
¯
Mode indicator
: Record mode (Movie/Photo)
: Play mode
¯
MODE button
¯
Recording start/stop button
·
CHG (charging) indicator
'
Jack cover
ⓐ HDMI jack
ⓑ USB jack
ⓒ DC IN jack
ⓓ COMPONENT / AV jack
¯
¯
¯
·
'
'
¯
'
¹
º
1
English _11
preparation
This section provides information on using this HD camcorder; such as how to use the provided accessories, how to
charge the battery, how to setup the operation mode and initial setup.
USING THE REMOTE CONTROL
¯
REC (Recording start/stop) button
¯
Display ( ) button
¯
Skip ( / ) button
·
Stop ( ) button
'
MENU button
'
Control ( / / / / ) buttons
¯
PHOTO button
'
Zoom (W/T) button
º
Search ( / ) button
1
Slow playback ( ) button
¹
Play/Pause ( ) button
The buttons on the remote control function
the same as those on the HD camcorder.
Remove the insulation sheet before using the remote control!
Insulation sheet
¯ ¯ ¯
12_ English
Installing the button type battery (CR2025) in the remote control
1. Turn the battery holder counter clockwise
(as indicated with () mark) using your fingernail
or a coin to open it.
• The battery holder opens.
2. Insert the battery into the battery holder with the
positive (+) terminal facing down and
press it firmly until you hear a locking sound.
3. Place the battery holder back in the remote ce the battery holder back in the remote he battery holder back in the remote
control, match its () mark with the () mark on
the remote control, and turn the battery holder
clockwise to lock it.
Precautions regarding the button type battery
• There is a danger of explosion if the button type battery is incorrectly replaced.
Replace only with the same or equivalent type.
• Do not pick up the battery using tweezers or other metal tools. This will cause a short circuit.
• Do not recharge, disassemble, heat or immerse the battery in water, to avoid the risk of explosion.
WARNING
Keep the button type battery out of the reach of the children.
Should any battery be swallowed, consult a doctor immediately.
<Battery holder>
¯
¯
English _13
HOLDING THE HD CAMCORDER
Attaching the grip belt
Adjust the length of grip belt so that the HD camcorder is stable
when you press the Recording start/stop button with your
thumb.
WARNING
Please note if the hand strap is adjusted too tight and you
use excessive force to insert your hand, the hand strap
hook of the camcorder may be damaged.
Angle adjustment
Rotate the swivel handle to the most convenient angle.
You can rotate it downward from 0° to 180°.
WARNING
Please be careful not to turn the swivel handle backward
as it may cause damage.
preparation
14_ English
CHARGING THE BATTERY PACK
• Use the IA-BP85NF or IA-BP85ST battery pack only.
• The battery pack may be charged a little at the time of purchase.
• Be sure to charge the battery pack before you start using your HD camcorder.
Inserting the battery pack
1. Open the battery pack cover by sliding the OPEN switch to
the left as shown in the figure.
2. Insert the battery pack into the battery pack slot until it
softly clicks.
• Make sure that SAMSUNG logo is facing up and the
camcorder is placed as shown in the figure.
3. Close the battery pack cover.
Ejecting the battery pack
1. Slide the Battery pack release switch and pull out the
battery pack.
• Gently slide the Battery pack release switch in the
direction as shown in the figure.
2. Close the battery pack cover.
• Additional battery packs are available at your local
Samsung dealer.
• If the HD camcorder will not be in use for a while,
remove the battery pack from the HD camcorder.
Use only Samsung-approved battery packs.
Do not use batteries from other manufacturers because, there is a danger of overheating, fire or explosion.
Samsung is not responsible for problems occuring due to using unapproved batteries.
English _15
Charging the battery pack
1. Press the Power ( ) button for about 1 second to turn off
the power and close the LCD screen.
2. Open the jack cover and connect the AC power adaptor to
the DC IN jack.
3. Connect the AC power adaptor to a wall socket.
4. Once charged, disconnect the AC power adaptor from the
DC IN jack on your HD camcorder.
• Even with the power switched off, the battery pack will
still discharge if it is left inserted in the HD camcorder.
• It is recommended you purchase one or more It is recommended you purchase one or more
additional battery packs to allow continuous use of
your HD camcorder.
• The battery pack is not charged during the power The battery pack is not charged during the power
saving mode, which may keep the mode indicator
on or flashing. Open the LCD screen and press the
Power (( ) button to turn off the camcorder for button to turn off the camcorder for
charging. page 19
Charging indicator
The colour of the CHG lamp indicates the power or charging state.
• If the battery pack has been fully charged, the charge indicator is green.
• If you are charging the battery, the colour of the charge indicator is
orange.
• If an error occurs while the battery pack in charging, the charging
indicator blinks green.
• The battery pack is charged over 95% after about 1 hour and 50
minutes, and the indicator colour changes to green. It takes about 2
hours for the battery pack to charge 100%.
preparation
<Charging indicator>
STBY 00:00:00 [300Min]
9999
16_ English
Battery level display
The battery level display shows the amount of battery power remaining in the battery pack.
Battery level
indicator
State Message
Fully charged -
30~50% used -
50~75% used -
75~90% used -
90~97% used -
Exhausted (flickers): The device will soon turn off.
Change the battery pack as soon as possible.
-
- The device will be forced to turn off after 3 seconds.
“Low
Battery”
Above figures are based on a fully charged battery pack at a normal temperature.
Low ambient temperature may affect the use time.
<Battery level display>
English _17
Charging, recording and playback times with a fully charged battery pack
(with no zoom operation, LCD open, etc.)
Battery type IA-BP85NF or IA-BP85ST
Charging time approx. 110 min
Recording format Continuous recording time Playback time
HD approx. 90 min approx. 120 min
SD approx. 110 min approx. 130 min
• Measured times shown above are based on model HMX-H105BP.
(Times for HMX-H100P/HMX-H1000P/HMX-H104BP/HMX-H1052BP/HMX-H106SP/HMX-H1062SP are almost
the same).
• The time is only for reference. Tables showed above are measured under Samsung’s test environment, and may
differ from your actual use.
• The recording time shortens dramatically in a cold environment. The continuous recording times in the operating
instructions are measured using a fully charged battery pack at 25 °C (77 °F). As the environmental temperature 25 °C (77 °F). As the environmental temperature (77 °F). As the environmental temperature 77 °F). As the environmental temperature ). As the environmental temperature
and conditions vary, the remaining battery time may differ from the approximate continuous recording times given
in the instructions.
Continuous recording (without zoom)
The times shown in the table reflect the available recording time when the HD camcorder is in the record mode
without using any other functions. In actual recording, the battery pack may discharge 2-3 times faster than this
reference, since the Record start/stop and Zoom are being operated, and playback is performed. Assume that the
recordable time with a fully charged battery pack is between 1/2 and 1/3 of the time in the table, so have enough
battery packs to allow for the time you are planning to record on the HD camcorder.
Note that the battery pack discharges faster in cold environment.
The charging time will vary depending on the remaining battery level.
preparation
18_ English
About battery packs
• The battery pack should be recharged in an environment
that is between 0°C (32°F) and 40°C (104°F). However,
when it is exposed to cold temperatures (below 0°C (32
°F)), its usage time reduces and it may cease to function.
If this happens, place the battery pack in your pocket
or other warm, protected place for a short time, then
reinsert it.
• Do not put the battery pack near any heat source (i.e. fire
or a heater).
• Do not disassemble, apply pressure to, or heat the
battery pack.
• Do not allow battery pack terminals to be short-circuited.
It may cause leakage, generate heat, or cause fire.
Maintaining the battery pack
• The recording time is affected by temperature and
environmental conditions.
• We recommend only using the original battery pack that
is available from your Samsung retailer. When the battery
reaches the end of its life, please contact your local
dealer. The batteries have to be dealt with as chemical
waste.
• Make sure that the battery pack is fully charged before
starting to record.
• To preserve battery power, keep your HD camcorder
turned off when you are not operating it.
• Even when the power is switched off, the battery
pack will still discharge if it is left inserted on the HD
camcorder. If you do not use the HD camcorder for an
extended time period, keep it with the battery completely
depleted.
• For power saving purposes, the HD camcorder will
automatically turn off after 5 minutes. (Only if you set . (Only if you set (Only if you set
“Auto Power Off” from the menu to “5 Min.”)
• When fully discharged, a battery pack damages the
internal cells. The battery pack may be prone to leakage
when fully discharged. Charge the battery pack at least
once per 6 months to prevent complete discharge of the
battery pack.
About the battery life
Battery capacity decreases over time and through repeated
use. If decreased usage time between charges becomes
significant, it is probably time to replace it with a new one.
Each battery’s life is affected by storage, operating and
environmental conditions.
Using an AC power source
We recommend that you use the AC power adaptor to power the HD camcorder from a household AC outlet when you
perform settings on it, play back, or edit images, or use it indoors. page 15
CAUTION
• Before detaching the power source, make sure that the HD camcorder’s power is turned off. Failure to do so can
result in camcorder malfunction.
• Use a nearby wall outlet when using the AC power adaptor. Disconnect the AC power adaptor from the wall outlet
immediately if any malfunction occurs while using your HD camcorder.
• Do not use the AC power adaptor in a narrow space, such as between a wall and furniture.
English _19
BASIC HD CAMCORDER OPERATION
Set the appropriate operation mode according to your preference using the Power ( ) button and MODE button.
Turning the HD camcorder on and off
1. Open the LCD screen to turn the camcorder on.
• The lens opens automatically when the camcorder is
powered on.
• You can also turn the camcorder on by pressing the
Power ( ) button.
2. To turn off the camcorder, press the Power ( ) button for
about 1 second.
• Closing the LCD screen will not turn the camcorder off.
• Set the date and time when using your HD camcorder
for the first time. page 25
• When you use your HD camcorder for the first time or
you perform the “Default Set” function, you will see
the “Time Zone: Home” setting screen for the startup
display. If you do not set the time zone, the time zone
setting screen appears every time you turn on your
camcorder.
preparation
LCD screen
Power ( ) button
20_ English
Switching to Sleep mode
• This function works only in Play mode.
• The camcorder switches to Sleep mode automatically when the LCD screen
is closed and a video cable is not connected to TV.
• If there is no operation for 20 minutes after the camcorder has entered the
sleep mode once, the power is turned off automatically.
(When “Auto Power off” is set to “Off.”)
• If the LCD screen is opened or video cables are connected in the sleep mode,
the screen returns to the previous screen.
• Sleep mode does not work in the following situations:
- When a USB or video (HDMI, component/AV) cable is connected.
- When the LCD screen is opened.
- While in recording, playing and slide show modes.
- When “Auto Power Off” is set to “5 Min.”
• When “Auto Power Off” is set to “5 Min,” the power of the camcorder
is turned off after 5 minutes in Sleep mode.
Setting the operating modes
• You can switch the operating mode in the following order each time you press
the MODE button.
- Record mode ( ) Play mode ( Play mode ( Play mode ( )
• Each time the operational mode changes, the respective mode indicator lights
up.
- Record mode ( ): To record movie or photo images. pages 32, 34
- Play mode ( ): To play movie or photo images, or edit them.
pages 42, 45
• This camcorder provides one record mode which combines the movie
and photo record modes. You can easily record movies or photos in the
same mode without having to change it.
• When the HD camcorder is turned on, the self-diagnosis function
operates and a message may appear. If a message appears, refer
to “Warning indicators and messages” (on pages 119-122) and take
corrective action.
<Sleep mode>
After
20 minutes
<Power off>
Mode indicator
MODE button
7
'
¯
7
1
S.1/50
STBY 00:00:00 [300Min]
01/JAN/2009 00:00
¯ ¯ ¯ · ' ¯ '
1
¹
1
1
1
1 1 1 1
7
'
7
1Sec/24Hr 9999
1
º
7
Memory Full
'
F1.8
+0.5
¯
'
English _21
SCREEN INDICATORS
preparation
• The OSD indicators are based on memory capacity of 32GB (built-in
memory).
• The above screen is an example: It is different from the actual display.
• Functions marked with * will not be retained when the HD camcorder is
powered on after turning it off.
• For enhanced performance, the display indications and the order are
subject to change without prior notice.
• The number of recordable photo images on the OSD is a maximum of
9999.
• The total number of recordable photos is counted based on available
space on the storage media.
Movie and Photo record mode
¯
Record mode ( )
¯
Operating mode (STBY (Standby) /

(Recording)) /
Self timer**
¯
Time counter (movie recording time) ( )
·
Time Lapse REC * ( )
'
Warning indicators and messages
'
Remaining recordable time ( )
¯
Photo image counter (( )
(total number of recordable photo images)
'
Storage media (built-in memory or memory card)
º
Battery information (remaining battery level)
1
Photo image resolution ( ), Movie image quality ( Movie image quality ( ),
Movie image resolution ( )
¹
Wind cut ( ), Anti-shake (OIS)
1
Tele macro*, Back light *, Back light , Back light
1
Cont. shot ( ), Flash mode ( )
1
Analogue Video out (when Component/AV cable is
connected.), Photo sharpness ( )
1
Menu tab
1
Optical zoom / Digital zoom
1
Date/Time
1
Record / Play mode tab
1
Exposure value**
7
Manual aperture* / Manual shutter*
'
Manual focus* / Touch point focus* * / Touch point focus* / Touch point focus*
7
White balance, Fader* ( )
7
iSCENE mode, Digital effect / EASY Q
00:00:20 / 00:10:00
Memory Full
100_0001
01/JAN/2009 00:00
¯ ¯ ¯ ' '
¯
¹
1
1
·
'
º
1
1
'
1
¯
10
º
22_ English
Movie play mode
¯
Movie play mode
¯
Operating status (play/pause) / Highlight view
¯
File name (file number)
·
Time code (elapsed time/recorded time)
'
Storage media (built-in memory or memory card)
'
Battery information (remaining battery level)
¯
Movie image quality, Movie image resolution
'
Date/Time
º
Play related function tab (skip/search/playback/
pause/slow playback/frame advance/volume) volume))
1
Menu tab
¹
Return tab
1
Warning indicators and messages / Volume control
1
Play option, Analogue Video out (when Component/
AV cable is connected.)
1
Erase protection
The play related tabs disappear on the screen a
few seconds (about 3 seconds) after the image
plays back. They reappear when you touch any
point on the screen.
1 / 12
01/JAN/2009 00:00 01
¯ ¯ ¯ · ' '
'
º
1 ¹
1 ¯
1
100_0001
1
'
X 1.1 ¯
English _23
preparation
Photo play mode
¯
Photo play mode
¯
Slide show / Playback zoom
¯
File name (file number)
·
Photo image counter
(current image / total number of recorded images)
'
Storage media (built-in memory or memory card)
'
Battery information (remaining battery level)
¯
Photo image resolution
'
Date/Time
º
Previous image/Next image tab
1
Menu tab
¹
Return tab
1
Volume tab (when activating slide show)
1
Print mark
1
Erase protection
W
T Format
Storage Type
File No.
Storage Info
1 / 7
24_ English
USING THE DISPLAY ( ) BUTTON
Switching the information display mode
You can switch the information display on/off-screen modes by pressing the
Display ( ) button.
• Pressing the Display ( ) button toggles the screen indicators on or off.
• If the HD camcorder has warning information, a warning message will appear even
when the screen indicator display is set to off.
USING THE LCD SCREEN
Adjusting the LCD screen
1. Open the LCD screen 90 degrees with your finger.
2. Rotate it to the best angle to record or play.
WARNING
Do not lift the HD camcorder by holding the LCD screen.
• Over-rotation may cause damage to the inside of the hinge that
connects the LCD screen to the HD camcorder.
• See page 85 to adjust the brightness of the LCD screen.
Using the touch panel
The touch panel allows you to enjoy playback and recording with a simple
touch of your fi nger. Place your hand on the rear side of the LCD screen to
support it. Then, touch the items displayed on the screen.
WARNING
Do not place a protective film on the LCD screen.
If a film is applied for a long while, strong cohesion on the surface of the
screen may cause a malfunction of the touch panel.
• Be careful not to accidentally press the buttons near the LCD panel
while using the touch panel.
• The tabs and indicators that appear on the LCD panel depend on
the current recording/playback status of your HD camcorder.
Date/Time Set
00
Day Month Year
01
Hour Minute
2009
00
JAN
Home
[GMT 00:00] 01/JAN/2009 00:00
London,Lisbon
English _25
INITIAL SETTING: TIME ZONE, DATE AND TIME & OSD LANGUAGE
• To read the menus or messages in your desired language, set the OSD language.
• To store the date and time during recording, set the date/time.
Setting the time zone and date/time for the first time
Set the date and time of your local area when turning on this camcorder for the first time.
If you do not set date and time (time zone), the date and time (time zone) screen appears every time you turn on your
HD camcorder.
1. Open the LCD screen and then the HD camcorder is powered on automatically.
page 19
• When you turn on your HD camcorder for the first time, the time zone screen
appears based on London, Lisbon (Greenwich Mean Time).
• You can also set the “Time Zone: Home” from the Settings ( ) menu. page 83
2. Touch the left ( )/right ( ) tab to set your local time zone.
• Refer to the world time difference on page 83.
• Touch the OK ( ) tab when the time zone setting is finished.
3. Touch the up ( )/down ( ) tab to set current day, then touch the month field.
4. Set values for month, year, hour, and minute as in setting the day.
5. Set the daylight saving time ( ) by touching the daylight saving time ( ) tab and
the up ( )/down ( ) tab.
• Selecting the ( ) forwards the time by 1 hour.
6. Touch the OK ( ) tab when the date and time setting is completed.
• The message “Date/Time Set” appears, and the set date/time is applied.
preparation
STBY 00:00:00 [300Min]
9999
Format
Storage Type
File No.
Storage Info
1 / 7
6 / 7
Default Set
REC Lamp
TV Display
Language
26_ English
• On charging the built-in rechargeable battery
Your camcorder has a built-in rechargeable battery to retain the date, time, and other settings even when
the power is off. The built-in rechargeable battery is always charged while your camcorder is connected to
the wall outlet via the AC power adaptor or while the battery pack is attached. The rechargeable battery will
be fully discharged in about 6 months if you do not use your camcorder at all. Use your camcorder after
charging the built-in rechargeable battery. If the built-in rechargeable battery is not charged, any input data
will not be backed up and the date and time (time zone) screen appears every time you turn on your HD
camcorder.
• To switch the date and time display on or off, access the menu and change the date/time display mode.
page 85
• You can set the year up to 2037.
• You can easily set the clock to the local time by setting a time difference when using your camcorder
abroad. Select “Time Zone: Visit” on the menu, then set the time difference. page 83
• When the date and time are set in the Date/Time Set menu, you can use Exit ( ) or Return ( ) tab to
cancel the update.
Selecting the OSD language
You can select the desired language to display the menu screen and the messages.
1. Touch the Menu ( ) tab.
2. Touch the Settings ( ) tab.
3. Touch the up ( )/down ( ) tab until “Language” is displayed.
4. Touch “Language”, then touch the desired OSD language.
“English” “ 한국어” “Français” “Deutsch” “Italiano” “Español”
“Português” “Nederlands” “Svenska” “Suomi” “Norsk” “Dansk”
“Polski ” “Čeština” “Slovensky” “Magyar” “Română” ““Български”
“Ελληνικά” “Srpski” “Hrvatski” “Украϊнська” ““Русский” “ ፩ၭ”

ไทย
” “Türkçe” “ ” “ ” “IsiZulu”
5. To exit, touch the Exit ( ) tab or Return ( ) tab repeatedly until the menu disappears.
• The OSD language is refreshed in the selected language.
• Even if the battery pack or AC power is removed, the language setting will be
preserved.
• “Language” options may be changed without prior notice.
Format
Storage Type
File No.
Storage Info
1 / 7
1 / 7
Storage Info
File No.
Format
Storage Type
1 / 1
Storage Type
Memory
Card
English _27
before recording
SELECTING THE STORAGE MEDIA
(HMX-H104BP/HMX-H105BP/HMX-H1052BP/HMX-H106SP/HMX-H1062SP only)
• You can record movie and photo images on the built-in memory or a memory card, so you should select the
desired storage media before starting recording or playback.
• You can use SD or SDHC cards on your HD camcorder. (Some cards are not compatible depending on the
memory card manufacturer and memory card type.)
• Before inserting or ejecting the memory card, turn the HD camcorder off.
1. Touch the Menu ( ) tab.
2. Touch the Settings ( ) tab.
3. Touch the up ( )/down ( ) tab until “Storage Type” is displayed.
4. Touch “Storage Type,” then the desired storage media.
• “Memory”: When using the built-in memory.
• “Card”: When using the memory card (SD or SDHC card).
• Never format the built-in memory or memory card using a PC.
• When you insert a memory card, the storage media setup screen appears.
Touch “Yes” if you want to use a memory card, or “No” if not.
• Do not remove the power (battery pack or AC power adaptor) when accessing
storage media for recording, playback, format, delete, etc. The storage media and
its data may be damaged.
• Do not eject a memory card while it is being used in the camcorder.
The memory card and its data may be damaged.
• You can also access it by using the Q.MENU button.
Press the Q.MENU button. Touch “Storage” Touch “Memory” or “Card.”
• “Storage Type” is grayed out when the memory card is not inserted.
• SSD refers to the built-in memory (Memory).
28_ English
INSERTING/EJECTING A MEMORY CARD
Inserting a memory card
1. Open the memory card cover by sliding the OPEN switch to the left as shown
in the figure.
2. Insert the memory card into the slot until it softly clicks.
• Make sure that the terminal portion is facing up and the camcorder is
placed as shown in the figure.
3. Close the memory card cover.
Ejecting a memory card
1. Open the memory card cover by sliding the OPEN switch to the left as shown
in the figure.
2. Slightly push the memory card inwards to pop it out.
3. Pull the memory card out of the slot and close the memory card cover.
The HD camcorder supports SD and SDHC memory cards for data storage.
The data storage speed may differ, according to the manufacturer and production system.
• SLC (single level cell) system: faster write speed enabled.
• MLC (multi level cell) system: only lower write speed is supported.
For best results, we recommend using a memory card that supports faster write speed.
Using a lower write speed memory card for recording video may cause difficulties when storing.
You may even lose your movie data during the recording.
In an attempt to preserve any bit of the recorded movie, the HD camcorder forcibly stores the movie on the memory card and
displays a warning: “Low speed card. Please record a lower Resolution.”
If you are unavoidably using a low speed memory card, resolution and quality of the recording may be lower than the set value.
pages 60-61
Actual formatted capacity may be less as the internal firmware uses a portion of the memory.
English _29
before recording
RECORDABLE TIME AND NUMBER OF IMAGES
Recordable time for movie images
Movie resolution/
Movie quality
Storage media (Capacity)
2GB 4GB 8GB 16GB 32GB
64GB
(HMX-H106SP/HMX-H1062SP only)
[HD]1080/50i
Super Fine Approx. 15min Approx. 30min Approx. 61min Approx. 125min Approx. 253min Approx. 498min
Fine Approx. 18min Approx. 36min Approx. 74min Approx. 152min Approx. 307min Approx. 604min
Normal Approx. 23min Approx. 46min Approx. 94min Approx. 193min Approx. 390min Approx. 766min
[HD]720/50p
Super Fine Approx. 21min Approx. 42min Approx. 86min Approx. 177min Approx. 357min Approx. 704min
Fine Approx. 28min Approx. 57min Approx. 115min Approx. 235min Approx. 475min Approx. 934min
Normal Approx. 42min Approx. 84min Approx. 171min Approx. 351min Approx. 708min Approx. 1392min
[SD]576/50p
Super Fine Approx. 63min Approx. 126min Approx. 254min Approx. 521min Approx. 1051min Approx. 2068min
Fine Approx. 83min Approx. 166min Approx. 336min Approx. 688min Approx. 1387min Approx. 2728min
Normal Approx. 123min Approx. 244min Approx. 494min Approx. 1011min Approx. 2039min Approx. 4012min
Recordable number of photo images
Photo resolution
Storage media (Capacity)
2GB 4GB 8GB 16GB 32GB 64GB
2880x1620 Approx. 1251 Approx. 2482 Approx. 5014 Approx. 9999 Approx. 9999 Approx. 9999
1920x1080 Approx. 2346 Approx. 4654 Approx. 9402 Approx. 9999 Approx. 9999 Approx. 9999
• The above tables are measured under Samsung’s standard recording test conditions and may differ depending on
actual use.
• The higher the resolution and quality settings, the more memory is used.
• The compression rate increases when choosing lower quality settings.
The higher the compression rate is, the longer the recording time will be. However, the quality will be lower.
• The bit rate is automatically changed by recording image, and the recording time may vary accordingly.
• Memory cards of bigger than 32GB in capacity may not work properly.
• The maximum size of a movie file that can be recorded at one time is 1.8GB.
30_ English
SELECTING A SUITABLE MEMORY CARD
• You can use a SD and SDHC cards. (SD cards up to 2GB are supported.)
• MultiMediaCards(MMC) and MMCplus cards are not supported.
• On this HD camcorder, you can use memory cards of the following capacity: 1GB ~ 32GB.
• Compatible recording media
The following recording media have been recomended to work with this HD camcorder. Others are not
guaranteed to work, so buy such products with caution.
- By Panasonic, SanDisk, and TOSHIBA.
• If other media are used, they may fail to record data correctly, or they may lose data that has already been
recorded.
• For movie recording, use a memory card that supports faster write speeds (above SDHC Class 6 card).
• An SD/SDHC card has a mechanical write protection switch. Setting the switch prevents accidental erasure of
files recorded on the card. To enable writing, move the switch up in the direction towards the terminals.
To set write protection, move the switch down.
SDHC (Secure Digital High Capacity) memory card
• SDHC memory card complies with the new SD specification Ver.2.00.
This latest specification was established by the SD Card Association to realize
data capacity over 2GB.
• SDHC memory cards can not be used with current SD only enabled host
devices.
• The write speed of SDHC card is decided by Class. The number after Class
represents the write speed and its unit is MB/sec. The higher the class number
of the card is, the faster the write/read speed of the card is.
<Usable memory cards> <Usable memory cards>
Terminals
SD/SDHC memory card
Protection tab
English _31
before recording
Common cautions for memory cards
• Damaged data may not be recovered. It is recommended you back-up important recordings separately on your
PC’s hard disk.
• After you modify the name of a file or folder stored in the memory card using your PC, your camcorder may not
recognise the modified file.
Handling a memory card
• It is recommended that you power off before inserting or removing the memory card to avoid data loss.
• It is not guaranteed that you can use a memory card formatted by other devices. Be sure to format your memory
card using this camcorder.
• Memory cards need to be formatted on this camcorder before use.
• If you cannot use a memory card that has been previously used with another device, format it on your HD
camcorder. Note that formatting erases all information on the memory card.
• A memory card has a certain life span. If you cannot record new data, you have to purchase a new memory card.
• Do not bend, drop, or cause strong impact to the card.
• Do not use or store in a place that has high temperature and humidity or a dusty environment.
• Do not place foreign substances on the memory card terminals. Use a soft dry cloth to clean the terminals if
required.
• Do not put any additional labels on the memory card.
• Be careful to keep the memory card out of the reach of children, who might swallow it.
Notes on use
• Samsung is not responsible for data loss due to misuse.
• We recommend using a memory card case to avoid losing data from moving and static electricity.
• After a period of use, the memory card may get warm. This is normal and is not a malfunction.
32_ English
recording
• Basic procedures to record a movie or photo image are described below and on the following pages.
• This camcorder provides one combined movie and photo record mode.
You can easily record movies or photos in the same mode without having to change it.
RECORDING MOVIE IMAGES
• You can record movie images in Record mode only. page 20
• This HD camcorder provides two Recording start/stop buttons.
One is on the rear side of the camcorder and the other is on the LCD panel.
Select the one that works best for you.
1. Turn the HD camcorder on.
• Connect a power source to the HD camcorder.
(A battery pack or an AC power adaptor) pages 14,18
• Open the LCD screen and the HD camcorder is powered on automatically.
page 19 19
- You can also turn the HD camcorder on by pressing the Power ( ) button.
- The lens cover opens automatically when HD camcorder is powered on.
• Set the appropriate storage media.
(HMX-H104BP/HMX-H105BP/HMX-H1052BP/HMX-H106SP/HMX-H1062SP only)
page 27
(If you want to record on a memory card, insert the memory card.)
2. Check the subject on the LCD screen.
3. Press the Recording start/stop button.
• The recording () indicator will display, and recording will start.
• To stop recording, press the Recording start/stop button again.
4. When recording is finished, turn the HD camcorder off by using the Power ( ) button for about 1 second.
W
T
W
T
W
T
00:00:10 [300Min]

English _33
• Movie images are compressed in the H.264 (MPEG4 part10/AVC) format.
• Eject the battery pack when you have finished recording to prevent unnecessary battery power
consumption.
• For on-screen information display, see page 21.
• For approximate recording time, see page 29.
• You can record movie images using the remote control.
• Sound is recorded from the internal stereo microphone at the left and right of the lens. Make sure that this
microphone is not blocked.
• Before recording an important movie, make sure to test the recording function by checking if there is any
problem with the audio and video recording.
• For various functions available during recording, see “RECORDING MENU ITEMS” on pages 59-79.
• Do not operate the Power ( ) button or remove the memory card while accessing the storage media.
Doing so may damage the storage media or the data in the storage media.
• If the power cable/battery is disconnected or recording is disabled during recording, the system is switched
to the data recovery mode. While data is being recovered, no other function is enabled. After data recovery,
the system will be switched to the STBY mode. When the recording time is short, the data recovery might
fail.
• You can select the resolution and quality of movie image to be recorded. pages 60~61
• You can switch the play mode to the record mode by pressing the Recording start/stop button.
34_ English
TAKING PHOTO IMAGES
You can take photo images in Record mode only. page 20
1. Open the LCD screen and then the HD camcorder is powered on automatically.
page 19
• You can also turn the HD camcorder on by pressing the Power ( ) button.
• The lens opens automatically when the HD camcorder is turned on.
• Set the appropriate storage media.
(HMX-H104BP/HMX-H105BP/HMX-H1052BP/HMX-H106SP/HMX-H1062SP only)
page 27
(If you want to record on a memory card, insert the memory card.)
2. Check the subject on the LCD screen.
3. Press the PHOTO button halfway down (half press).
• The HD camcorder automatically focuses on the subject at the centre of screen (when
auto focus is selected).
• When the image is in focus, the () indicator is displayed in green.
4. Press the PHOTO button down fully (full press).
• A shutter sound is heard, and the photo image is recorded.
• While saving the photo image on the storage media, you cannot proceed with the
next recording.
• To use the built-in flash. page 39 39
• The number of photos that can be stored depends on the photo resolution.
page 29. 29.
• Audio will not be recorded with the photo image.
• If focusing is difficult, use the manual focus function. page 69
• Do not operate the Power ( ) button or remove the memory card while accessing the storage media.
Doing so may damage the storage media or the data on storage media. Doing so may damage the storage media or the data on storage media.
• You can switch the play mode (thumbnail index view only) to the record mode by pressing the PHOTO button.
• Photo files recorded by your HD camcorder conform to the “DCF (Design rule for Camera File system)”
universal standard established by the JEITA (Japan Electronics and Information Technology Industries
Association). DCF is an integrated image-file format for digital cameras: Image files can be used on all digital
devices conforming to DCF.
recording
W
T
W
T
STBY 00:00:00 [300Min]
9999

9999
English _35
RECORDING WITH EASE FOR BEGINNERS (EASY Q MODE)
• The EASY Q function is only available with the Record mode. page 20
• With the EASY Q function, most of the HD camcorder settings are automatically
adjusted, which frees you from making detailed adjustments.
1. Press the EASY Q button.
• When you press the EASY Q button, most functions turn off and the following
functions are set to “Auto.” (iSCENE, White Balance, Aperture, Anti-Shake, Focus,
Shutter, Flash, etc.)
• The EASY Q ( ) and Anti-shake ( ) indicators appear on the screen
at the same time.
2. To record movie images, press the Recording start/stop button.
To take photo images, press the PHOTO button.
To cancel EASY Q mode
Press the EASY Q button again.
• The EASY Q ( ) and Anti-shake ( ) indicators disappear from the screen.
• Most settings will return to the settings that were set prior to activating the EASY Q mode.
• You cannot cancel the EASY Q mode during recording.
• Unavailable buttons during EASY Q operation
The following buttons and control are unavailable because the items are automatically set.
The “Release the EASY.Q” messages may appear if unavailable operations are attempted.
- Menu ( ) tab / Q.MENU button / Flash ( ) button, etc.
- See page 130 for the list of unavailable functions.
• Cancel the EASY Q function if you want to add an effect or settings to the images.
STBY 00:00:00 [300Min]
9999
36_ English
CAPTURING STILL IMAGES DURING MOVIE IMAGE RECORDING (DUAL RECORDING)
• This function works only in Record mode. page 20
• You can record still images on the storage media during recording movie image.
1. Press the Recording start/stop button.
• The recording () indicator will display, and recording will start.
2. Press the PHOTO button at the scene you want during movie image recording.
• When the ( ) indicator disappears, the photo image has been recorded.
• Video keeps recording, even while photos are taken.
• To stop recording, press the Recording start/stop button again.
• Photo image is captured in 1920x1080 resolution regardless to the resolution of
the movie recording.
• You cannot use the flash during dual recording.
• You cannot capture still images during Time Lapse REC. You cannot capture still images during Time Lapse REC.
recording
W
T
W
T
00:00:10 [300Min]

00:00:10 [300Min]

English _37
ZOOMING
This HD camcorder allows you to record using optical 10x power zoom and digital zoom
with the Zoom lever or the Zoom button on the LCD panel.
To zoom in
Slide the Zoom lever towards T (telephoto).
(Or press the T (zoom) button on the LCD panel.)
To zoom out
Slide the Zoom lever towards W (wide angle).
(Or press the W (zoom) button on the LCD panel.)
• The further you slide the Zoom lever, the quicker the zoom action.
• Zoom magnification over 10x is done through digital image processing, and is therefore
called digital zoom. You can achieve up to 100x magnification by using digital zooming.
Set “Digital Zoom” to “On.” page 74
• The focus changes when zooming after focusing manually. Focus automatically
or seize the desired scene by zooming before focusing manually. page 69
• During digital zoom, the image quality may suffer.
• When you zoom into a subject close to the lens, the HD camcorder may
automatically zoom out depending on the distance to the subject. In this case, set
“Tele Macro” to “On.” page 73
• If you operate the Zoom (W/T) lever during recording, the sound of the zoom
motor may be recorded as well.
• When using the zoom function, its speed can be decreased by slowly moving the When using the zoom function, its speed can be decreased by slowly moving the When using the zoom function, its speed can be decreased by slowly moving the
Zoom (W/T) lever. A fast moving increases the zoom speed. However, the Zoom
(W/T) button on the display cannot adjust the zoom speed.
W: Wide angle T: Telephoto
STBY 00:00:00 [300Min]
9999
38_ English
recording
SETTING THE ANTI-SHAKE (OIS: OPTICAL IMAGE STABILIZER)
• This function works only in Record mode. page 20
• Anti-shake (OIS) is a function that, within reasonable limits, compensates for shaking
movements produced when filming hand-held. Anti-shake (OIS) provides a more stable
image when:
- Recording with deep zooming
- Recording a close up picture of a small object
- Recording while walking, or moving
- Recording through the window, from inside a vehicle
Press the Anti-shake (OIS) ( ) button to toggle the Anti-shake (OIS) mode between On and Off.
• The EASY Q mode automatically sets the Anti-Shake (OIS) to On.
• When Anti-Shake (OIS): On is set, there will be a slight difference between the actual movement and
the movement on screen.
• Excessive camcorder shake may not be entirely corrected even if Anti-Shake (OIS): On is set.
Firmly hold the HD camcorder with both hands.
• It is recommended that you specify Anti-Shake (OIS): Off when using the HD camcorder on a desk or
tripod (not supplied).
• When you record images with high magnification and the Anti-shake (OIS) is set to On in dark
locations, after-images may stand out. In this case, we recommend using a tripod (not supplied) and
turning the Anti-shake (OIS) to Off.
STBY 00:00:00 [300Min]
9999
English _39
USING THE BUILT-IN FLASH
• This function works only in Record mode ( ). page 20
• You can take natural looking flash photo images with appropriate illumination using the built-in flash, whether they
are night scenes, indoors or in other dark places.
Press the Flash ( ) button.
• Each time you press the Flash ( ) button, flash mode is
changed to; Auto ( ), Red-eye ( ), Fill in ( ), Slow sync
( ), or Off ( ).
Flash mode
Settings Contents
On-screen
display
Off Records without flash.
Auto Automatically flashes when there is insufficient ambient light.
Red-eye
reduction
Pre-flashes to reduce red-eye before the flash automatically flashes when
there is insufficient ambient light.
Fill in Always uses the flash regardless of the surrounding brightness.
Slow sync
When the shutter speed is set to slow and the flash fires at the adjusted
shutter speed. Use to capture both the subject and background at night
or in dim light. Use of a tripod(not supplied) is recommended to prevent a
blurred photo image. Slow sync flash mode allows the user to take brighter
background as well as brighter subject at night.
WARNING
• Do not fire the flash with the flash bulb covered with your hand.
• Do not fire the flash close to people’s eyes, otherwise the subject could suffer a temporary loss of eyesight.
Never use the flash closer than 1 meter from children.
• The recommended distance to the subject when using the built-in flash is approximately 4 to 7 feet.
• The battery power will be consumed faster with repeated use of the flash.
• The flash function is not available with the following function:
- “Cont. Shot”
- During video recording During video recording During video recording
- In case of capturing still images during video recording In case of capturing still images during video recording In case of capturing still images during video recording
built-in
flash
40_ English
CAPTURING STILL IMAGES DURING MOVIE IMAGES PLAYBACK
• This function works only in Play mode. page 20
• If you press the PHOTO button during playback, the camcorder stops playing and saves
one image of the current movie scene that is paused.
• Set the appropriate storage media.
(HMX-H104BP/HMX-H105BP/HMX-H1052BP/HMX-H106SP/HMX-H1062SP only)
page 27
(If you want to record on a memory card, insert the memory card.)
1. Touch the HD Movie ( HD) tab or SD Movie ( SD) tab.
• The thumbnail index view appears accordingly.
• To change the current thumbnail page, touch the up ( ) or down ( ) tab.
2. Touch the movie image you want to play back.
3. Press the PHOTO button halfway down.
• The playback screen is paused.
4. Press the PHOTO button fully down.
• When the ( ) indicator disappears, the still image is recorded on the storage
media.
• Still image is captured in 1920x1080 resolution regardless to the resolution of the
recorded movies.
• The Time Lapse movie images cannot be captured as a still image. The Time Lapse movie images cannot be captured as a still image.
• The movie image is captured as a photo image at the 16:9 screen ratios.
• Photo images are compressed in JPEG (Joint Photographic Experts Group)
format.
recording
1 / 2
HD SD
00:00:20 / 00:30:00
100-0001
9998
100-0001

English _41
You can view recorded movie and photo images in thumbnail index view and play them in various ways.
CHANGING THE PLAYBACK MODE
• You can set the record mode and the play mode in turn with the MODE button.
• You can also switch the record mode and the play mode by touching the mode tab on the lower left of the LCD
screen.
• The recorded movie and photo images are displayed in thumbnail index view.
• According to the resolution, movie images are stored in HD and SD thumbnail index view, respectively.
If switch to the play mode, the thumbnail index view appears. And the thumbnail highlight is on the latest recorded
or played file.
playback
<Photo play mode>
HD
SD
or
<Movie play mode>
<Record mode>
STBY 00:00:00 [300Min]
9999
<Movie play mode>
1 / 2
HD SD
<Photo play mode>
1 / 2
HD SD
42_ English
PLAYING MOVIE IMAGES
• This function works only in Play mode. page 20
• You can find a desired movie image quickly using thumbnail index views.
• You can also use the playback related buttons on the remote control. page 43
1. Open the LCD screen to turn on the power and press the MODE button to set Play ( ).
• You can also turn the HD camcorder on by pressing the Power ( ) button.
• Set the appropriate storage media.
(HMX-H104BP/HMX-H105BP/HMX-H1052BP/HMX-H106SP/HMX-H1062SP only)
page 27
(If you want to play from a memory card, insert the memory card.)
2. Touch the HD Movie ( HD) tab or SD Movie ( SD) tab.
• The thumbnail index view appears accordingly.
• To change the current thumbnail page, touch the up ( ) or down ( ) tab.
3. Touch a desired movie image.
• The selected movie image is played according to Play Option setting. page 79
• To stop playback and return to the thumbnail index view, touch the Return ( ) tab.
• The play related tabs disappear on the screen a few seconds after the image plays
back. They reappear when you touch any point of the screen.
• Depending on the amount of data to be played back, it may take some time for the
playback images to appear.
• Movies edited on a PC may not be displayed on this HD camcorder.
• Movies recorded on another camcorder cannot be played on this HD camcorder.
Adjusting the volume
• Touch the Volume ( ) tab on the LCD screen.
- You can control the volume by using the decrease ( ) or increase ( ) tab on the
LCD screen.
- The level can be adjusted anywhere between 0 and 19.
• You can hear the recorded sound from the built-in speaker.
• If you close the LCD screen while playing, you will not hear the sound from the speaker.
W
T
W
T
00:00:20 / 00:30:00
100-0001
10
00:00:20 / 00:30:00
100-0001
1 / 2
HD SD
English _43
Various playback operations
Playback / Pause / Stop
• Play and Pause functions alternate when you touch the Playback ( )/Pause ( ) tab
during playback. Touch the Return ( ) tab to stop playback.
• You can do the same operation by using the remote control. ( / )
Search playback
• During playback, each touch of the Reverse search ( ) / Forward search ( ) tab
increases the play speed.
- RPS (Reverse Playback Search) rate: x2 x4 x8 x2
- FPS (Forward Playback Search) rate: x2 x4 x8 x2
• You can perform the same operation by using the remote control. ( / )
• To resume normal playback, touch the Playback ( ) tab or press Playback/Pause
button ( ) on the remote control.
Skip playback
• Touch the Reverse skip ( ) / Forward skip ( ) tab during playback.
When playing the selected movie, if you touch the Forward skip ( ) tab, it moves to
the next movie.
If you touch the Reverse skip ( ), it moves to the beginning of the movie. If you touch the Reverse skip ( )
within 3 seconds from the start of a movie, it moves to the beginning of the previous movie.
• You can do the same operation by using the remote control. ( / )
playback
00:00:20 / 00:30:00
100-0001
44_ English
Slow playback
• Touching the Reverse slow ( ) tab / Forward slow ( ) tab while paused will play the
movie reverse/forward at the x1/2, x1/4 and x1/8 speed. x1/2, x1/4 and x1/8 speed. 1/2, x1/4 and x1/8 speed. x1/4 and x1/8 speed. 1/4 and x1/8 speed. x1/8 speed. 1/8 speed.
• You can play the movie forward at the x1/2, x1/4 and x1/8 speed by using the Slow ( x1/2, x1/4 and x1/8 speed by using the Slow ( 1/2, x1/4 and x1/8 speed by using the Slow ( x1/4 and x1/8 speed by using the Slow ( 1/4 and x1/8 speed by using the Slow ( x1/8 speed by using the Slow ( 1/8 speed by using the Slow ( )
button on the remote control.
• To resume normal playback, touch the Playback ( ) tab or press the Playback/
Pause ( ) button on the remote control.
Frame by frame playback
• Touch the Reverse frame advance ( ) / Forward frame advance ( ) tab during
pause to begin the reverse/forward frame advance.
• To resume normal playback, touch the Playback ( ) tab or press the Playback/Pause
( ) button on the remote control.
00:00:20 / 00:30:00
100-0001
English _45
VIEWING PHOTO IMAGES
• This function works only in Play mode. page 20
• You can play back and view photo images recorded on the storage media.
1. Open the LCD screen to turn on the power and press the MODE button to set Play ( ).
• You can also turn the HD camcorder on by pressing the Power ( ) button.
• Set the appropriate storage media.
(HMX-H104BP/HMX-H105BP/HMX-H1052BP/HMX-H106SP/HMX-H1062SP only)
page 27
(If you want to playback images on a memory card, insert the memory card.)
2. Touch the Photo ( ) tab.
• The thumbnail index view appears.
• To change the current thumbnail page, touch the up ( ) or down ( ) tab.
3. Touch a desired photo image.
4. Touch previous image ( )/next image ( ) tab to search the desired photo image.
• To view the previous image, touch the previous image ( ) tab.
• To view the next image, touch the next image ( ) tab.
• Place and hold your finger on the previous image ( )/next image ( ) tab to search
for an image quickly. Actually the image number is changed during search with
images not changed.
5. To return to the thumbnail index view, touch the Return ( ) tab.
• The play related tabs disappear on the screen a few seconds after play starts.
They reappear when you touch any point on the screen.
• Loading time may vary depending on the image size.
• Photo (JPEG) files created in the other devices cannot be played back in this HD
camcorder.
playback
W
T
W
T
1 / 2
HD SD
100_0001
1 / 12
46_ English
To view a slide show
You can enjoy a slide show with the background music.
1. Touch the Menu ( ) tab in the thumbnail index view or single image display mode.
• The menu will appear.
2. Touch “Slide Show Start.”
• The ( ) indicator is displayed. A slide show starts from the current image.
• All photo images are play back continuously in the set slide show option (Interval,
Effect, or Music). page 80 80
• You can adjust the background music’s volume level using the Volume ( ) tab
while in a slide show with music.
• To stop the slide show, touch the Return ( ) tab.
• A slide show is available also in the quick menu. page 58
• This camcorder has 7 tunes of background music by default, stored in the
boot-up flash memory. Starting a slide show begins to play back 7 background
music in shuffle mode.
• The background music cannot be created or edited.
100_0001
1 / 12
1 / 2
Slide Show Option
Protect
Delete
Slide Show Start
English _47
Zooming during photo playback
You can magnify the playback photo image from the original size.
Magnification can be adjusted with the Zoom lever or the Zoom button on LCD panel.
1. Touch the image you want to magnify.
2. Adjust the magnification with W (Wide angle)/T (Telephoto).
• The screen is framed and the image is magnified starting from the centre of image.
• You can zoom in from X1.1 to X8.0 by sliding the Zoom lever.
• While the playback zoom is in use, other images cannot be selected.
3. Touch the up ( )/down ( )/left ( )/right ( ) tab to get the part you want in the
centre of the screen.
4. To cancel, touch the Return ( ) tab.
• You cannot apply the playback zoom function to the images that are recorded on
other devices.
• The playback zoom function is available only in the photo play mode.
playback
W
T
W
T
1 / 2
HD SD
X 1.1
48_ English
connection
You can view the recorded movie and photo images on a large screen by connecting the HD camcorder to an HDTV or
normal TV.
CONNECTING TO A TV
Before connecting to a TV
• The connection method and resolution may differ, depending on your TV and cables that are used.
• For more information about the connection, refer to your TV’s user manual.
• Use the supplied AC power adaptor as the power source. page 18
Connecting to a high definition TV
To play back the HD-quality (1920x1080 or 1280x720) movie images, you need a high definition TV (HDTV).
Continued...
HD camcorder
Signal flow
Component/AV cable
HD TV
HD camcorder
Signal flow
HD TV
HDMI cable
Method 1
Connect your HD camcorder to a TV with the
HDMI cable. (The HDMI cable is an optional
accessory.)
1. Connect your HD camcorder to a TV with t your HD camcorder to a TV with
the Component/AV (Y/PB/PR, Audio L/R)
cable.
2. Set the output signal for TV using the
“Analogue TV Out” function. page 89
Method 2
English _49
About HDMI (High Definition Multimedia Interface)
• HDMI carries both video and audio signals over one cable and supplies high quality images and sound. HDMI carries both video and audio signals over one cable and supplies high quality images and sound.
• The HDMI jack on your HD camcorder is used only for output.
• Only a C-type to A-type HDMI cable can be used with this camcorder. Only a C-type to A-type HDMI cable can be used with this camcorder.
• Use only the HDMI 1.3 cable when connecting to the HDMI jack of this camcorder. Use only the HDMI 1.3 cable when connecting to the HDMI jack of this camcorder.
• You can use the Anynet+ function by connecting the HD camcorder to a Samsung Anynet+ supported TV
with the HDMI cable. Refer to the corresponding TV’s user manual for more details.
• When the HD camcorder is connected to the Anynet+ supported TV with an HDMI cable, the TV
automatically turns on. (It is one of the Anynet+ functions.) If you do not want to use Anynet+ function, set
“Anynet+ (HDMI-CEC)” to “Off.” page 92
• When an HDMI cable is connected, it will override all other connections.
• When using HDMI, the TV type is recognised and the video output resolution of the camcorder is
automatically set. Manual setting is not necessary.
<A-type HDMI cable> <C-type to A-type HDMI cable>
50_ English
connection
Connecting to a normal (standard definition) TV (16:9/4:3)
• This connection is used when downconverting recorded HD-quality images to SD-quality images for playback.
• When playing back HD-quality (1920x1080 or 1280x720) movie images on a SDTV, the images are
downconverted to 720x576 standard definition images.
• If only a mono audio input is available on the TV set, use the white plug (audio L) on the audio cable.
• When the camcorder is connected to a TV with more than one cable, the output signal is followed in the order of When the camcorder is connected to a TV with more than one cable, the output signal is followed in the order of
priority: HDMI output Component output Video output
• Do not use excessive force when connecting the cables.
• When connecting the Component/AV, make sure to match the colour of the cable plugs to the TV jacks. The exception When connecting the Component/AV, make sure to match the colour of the cable plugs to the TV jacks. The exception
to this is when following Method 2 above, the Blue plug may not match the Video input on your TV (usually Yellow).
• It is recommended to use the AC power adaptor as the power source.
• When the HD camcorder is connected to a TV, you cannot control the volume of the TV from the camcorder.
Normal TV
HD camcorder
Signal flow
Component/AV cable
Method 1
1. Connect your HD camcorder to a TV with the ect your HD camcorder to a TV with the
Component/AV ( nt/AV (Y/PB/PR, Audio L/R) cable.
2. Set the camcorder’s output signal to the TV using
the “Analogue TV Out” function. page 89
1. Connect your HD camcorder to a TV with the
Component/AV (Video, Audio L/R) cable.
Use the Blue plug with the yellow label to connect
to the Video input on your TV.
2. Set the camcorder’s output signal to the TV using
the “Analogue TV Out” function. page 89
Normal TV
HD camcorder
Signal flow
Component/AV cable
Method 2
English _51
Viewing on a TV screen
1. Open the LCD screen to turn on the power and press the MODE button to set Play ( ). page 20
• You can also turn the HD camcorder on by pressing the Power ( ) button.
2. Turn on the TV and set the input source on the TV to the input connection the HD camcorder is connected to.
• Refer to the TV’s instruction manual to see how to switch the TV input.
3. Perform playback. pages 42, 45
• The image on the HD camcorder appears on the TV screen.
• You can also monitor the image on the LCD screen of the HD camcorder.
• You can also perform play, recording or editing in play mode while viewing on a TV screen.
Image display depending on TV screen ratio
Recording type Recording
LCD TV
16:9 16:9 4:3
Images recorded in 16:9 ratio
• Movie images
• Photo capture images
• Adjust the sound volume on the TV.
• The remote control is useful when operating the HD camcorder while viewing an image on a TV screen.
• Information that the HD camcorder is recording will appear on the TV screen: You can switch between the
on-screen information display modes. Refer to “Switching the information display mode” and press the
Display ( ) button to switch the display status. page 24
• When “TV Display” is set to off, OSD (On-Screen-Display) does not appear on the TV screen. page 90
• The default setting for Analogue TV Output is Component 1080i.
If you have used any other analogue TV output mode, your TV may not display correctly. In this case, set
the Analogue TV Output again. Even if the Analogue TV Output is correctly set and the corresponding cable
is connected, when your TV does not display correctly, check the Input setting of your TV. (Refer to your TV
manual.)
Icon Subject
52_ English
connection
DUBBING IMAGES FROM THE CAMCORDER TO A VCR OR DVD/HDD RECORDER
• You can dub images played back on you camcorder to other recording devices, such as VCRs or DVD/HDD
recorders.
• Refer to “editing movie images” to create a playlist by selecting desired scenes from those recorded on this HD
camcorder. page 97
• Use the provided Component/AV (Video, Audio L/R) cable to connect the HD camcorder to the other AV
device.
1. Press the MODE button to set Play ( ).
2. Set “Analogue TV Out” to “Composite.” page 89
3. Choose the desired image to be dubbed, then press
the record button on the connected device.
• The HD camcorder will start playback and the
recording device will dub it.
Be sure to use the AC power adaptor to power
the HD camcorder to prevent battery power from
shutting off during dubbing on the other video
device.
Signal flow
Component/AV cable
HD camcorder
VCR or DVD/HDD
recorder
English _53
using the menu items
You can operate the HD camcorder more efficiently by setting menus related to recording, playback and setting.
HANDLING MENUS AND QUICK MENUS
• You can change the menu settings to customize your HD camcorder. Access the desired menu screen by
following the steps below and change the various settings.
• Using the touch panel, you can easily make your selection and navigate the menu.
¯
Menu ( ) tab: Use it to enter the menu.
¯
Up ( ) / down ( ) tab: Use it to move to the previous or next page.
¯
Return ( ) tab: Use it to move to the previous menu or exit from the menu.
·
Exit ( ) tab: Use it to exit from the menu.
'
Q.MENU button: Use it to enter the quick menu.
Quick menu provides easier access to frequently used menus without using the Menu ( ) tab.
• Menu and quick menu cannot be used in EASY Q mode.
• Accessible items in menu and quick menu vary depending on the operation mode.
For the accessible items, see pages 55-58.
W
T
'
STBY 00:00:00 [300Min]
9999
¯
2 / 6
White Balance
Shutter
Aperture
Photo Sharpness
¯ ¯
Auto
White Balance
Daylight
Fluorescent
Cloudy
1 / 2
·
Storage
Focus EV WB
SCENE Resolution
Auto Daylight Cloudy
Custom WB Tungsten Flursc.
White Balance
54_ English
+ Follow the instructions below to use each of the menu items listed after this page.
For example: setting the White Balance in Record mode.
When using Menu ( ) tab:
1. Touch the Menu ( ) tab.
2. Touch “White Balance.”
• If the item is not on the screen, touch the up ( ) or down ( ) tab to scroll up or
down to the next group of options.
3. Touch the desired option.
• If the item is not on the screen, touch the up ( ) or down ( ) tab to scroll up or
down to the next group of options.
4. To exit, touch the Exit ( ) tab or Return ( ) tab until the menu disappears.
When using the Q.MENU button:
1. Press the Q.MENU button to enter the quick menu.
2. Touch “WB.”
3. Touch the desired option.
4. To exit, touch the Exit ( ) tab or Return ( ) tab until the menu disappears.
There are some functions you cannot activate simultaneously when using the
Menu ( ) tab or Q.MENU button. You cannot select the menu items grayed out on
the screen. Refer to the troubleshooting for examples of unworkable combinations of
functions and menu items. page 130
STBY 00:00:00 [300Min]
9999
Auto
White Balance
Daylight
Cloudy
1 / 2
Fluorescent
White Balance
Auto Daylight Cloudy
Custom WB Tungsten Flursc.
Storage
Focus EV WB
SCENE Resolution
English _55
MENU ITEMS
• Accessible items in menu vary depending on the operation mode.
• For operation details, see the corresponding page.
Recording menu items ( )
Operating mode Movie ( )/ Photo ( ) Default value Page
iSCENE / Auto 59
Video Resolution / X [HD]1080/50i 60
Video Quality Quality / X Fine 61
Photo Resolution X/ 2880x1620 61
Photo Sharpness X/ Normal 62
White Balance / Auto 62
Aperture / Auto 64
Shutter / Auto 65
EV / 0 67
Back Light / Off 68
Focus / Auto 69
Digital Effect / Off 71
Fader / X Off 72
Tele Macro / Off 73
Cont. Shot X/ Off 73
Wind Cut / X Off 74
Digital Zoom / Off 74
Self Timer / Off 75
Time Lapse REC / X Off 76
Quick View / On 78
Guideline / Off 79
using the menu items
: Possible X : Not possible
56_ English
Playback menu items ( )
Operating mode Movie ( ) Photo ( ) Default value Page
Play Option X Play All 79
Highlight X - 80
Playlist X - 97~98
Delete - 100
Protect - 99
Copy
*
- 101
Edit
Divide X - 93
Combine X - 95
File Info - 80
Slide Show Start X - 46
Slide Show Option
Interval X 1Sec 80
Effect X Off 80
Music X On 80
Print Mark (DPOF) (memory card only) X - 102
• Items marked with * are available only with (HMX-H104BP/HMX-H105BP/HMX-H1052BP/HMX-H106SP/
HMX-H1062SP models.
Setting menu items ( )
Operating mode Default value Page
Storage Type
*
Memory 81
Storage Info - 81
Format - 82
File No. Series 82
Time Zone Home 83
Date/Time Set - 84
Date type 01/JAN/2009 JAN/2009 /2009 84
Time Type 24 Hr 84
Date/Time Display Off 85
LCD Brightness 17 85
Continued...
English _57
Setting menu items ( )
Default value Page
Beep Sound On 86
Shutter Sound On 86
Auto Power Off 5 Min 87
Quick On STBY 5 Min 87
Remote On 88
PC Software On 88
USB Connect Mass Storage 89
HDMI TV Out Auto 89
Analogue TV Out Component 1080i 89
TV Connect Guide
HDMI - 90
Component - 90
Composite - 90
TV Display On 90
REC Lamp On 91
Default Set - 91
Language - 91
Demo On 92
Anynet+ (HDMI-CEC) On 92
• Some items will not appear depending on the storage media type.
• There are some functions you cannot activate simultaneously when using Menu ( ) tab or Q.MENU button.
You cannot select the menu items that are grayed out on the screen. Refer to the Troubleshooting for examples
of unworkable combinations of functions and menu items. page 130
• Items marked with * are available only with (HMX-H104BP/HMX-H105BP/HMX-H1052BP/HMX-H106SP/
HMX-H1062SP models.
using the menu items
58_ English
QUICK MENU ITEMS
• Accessible items in quick menu vary depending on the operation mode.
• For operation details, see the corresponding page.
Recording menu items
Operating mode Movie ( ) / Photo ( ) Default value Page
Storage
*
/ Memory 81
iSCENE / Auto 59
Resolution /
Movie: [HD]1080/50i,
Photo: 2880x1620
60/61
WB / Auto 62
EV / 0 67
Focus / Auto 69
Playback menu items
Operating mode Movie ( ) Photo ( ) Default value Page
Storage
*
Memory 81
Highlight X - 80
Playlist (thumbnail) (thumbnail) X - 97~98
Delete - 100
Edit X - 93~95
File Info - 80
Slide Show X - 46
Protect (thumbnail) - 99
Print Mark
(memory card only)
X - 102
• Some items will not appear depending on the storage media type.
• There are some functions you cannot activate simultaneously when using Menu ( ) tab or Q.MENU button.
You cannot select the menu items that are grayed out on the screen. Refer to the troubleshooting for examples of
unworkable combinations of functions and menu items. page 130
• Items marked with * are available only with (HMX-H104BP/HMX-H105BP/HMX-H1052BP/HMX-H106SP/
HMX-H1062SP only) models.
: Possible X : Not possible
English _59
RECORDING MENU ITEMS
You can setup the menu items for movie and photo image recording.

SCENE (( )
This HD camcorder automatically sets the shutter speed and aperture according to the subject brightness for
optimum recording. You can also specify one of the following modes depending on subject conditions, recording
environment or purpose of filming.
Settings Contents
On-screen
display
Auto
• Auto balance between the subject and the background. Auto balance between the subject and the background.
• To be used in normal conditions. To be used in normal conditions.
• The shutter speed is automatically adjusted from 1/50 to 1/250 per second, depending on The shutter speed is automatically adjusted from 1/50 to 1/250 per second, depending on
the scene.
None
Sports
• Reduces blurring when recording rapidly moving subjects such as in golf or tennis. If the Reduces blurring when recording rapidly moving subjects such as in golf or tennis. If the
Sports mode is used under a fluorescent light, the image may flicker. In this case, use the
Auto mode for recording.
Portrait
• Select it to record natural skin color. Select it to record natural skin color.
• The portrait mode is most effective when used outdoors. The portrait mode is most effective when used outdoors.
• The shutter speed is automatically adjusted from 1/50 to 1/1000 per second. The shutter speed is automatically adjusted from 1/50 to 1/1000 per second.
Spotlight
• Prevents overexposure of subject’s face, etc. when strong light strikes the subject, as in a Prevents overexposure of subject’s face, etc. when strong light strikes the subject, as in a
wedding or on a stage.
Beach/Snow
• Prevents under exposure of subject’s face, etc. in a place where light reflection is intense, Prevents under exposure of subject’s face, etc. in a place where light reflection is intense,
such as at the beach in midsummer or on a ski slope.
Food • Select it to give food rich color. Select it to give food rich color.
Candle Light • Select it to record the subtle candlelight. Select it to record the subtle candlelight.
Indoor • Controls the white balance according to indoor ambience. Controls the white balance according to indoor ambience.
using the menu items
60_ English
• You can check the selected iSCENE mode on the on-screen information display.
However, nothing will appear in Auto mode.
• This function will be set to “Auto” in the EASY Q mode.
• When you specify When you specify “Aperture:Manual” or “Shutter:Manual,” the iSCENE mode is cancelled. (Manual
Aperture/Manual Shutter Priority)
Video Resolution ( )
• You can select the resolution of movie image to be recorded.
• Regarding detailed image capacity, see page 29.
Settings Contents
On-screen
display
[HD] 1080/50i
Records in the Full HD (1920x1080 50i) format.
“50i” indicates the camcorder will record in interlaced scan mode at 50 fields
per second.
This resolution is ideal for TV playback.
[HD] 720/50p
Records in the HD (1280x720 50p) format.
“50p” indicates the camcorder will record in progressive scan mode at 50
frames per second.
[SD] 576/50p
Records in the SD (720x576 50p) format.
“50p” indicates the camcorder will record in progressive scan mode at 50
frames per second.
• Recorded files are encoded with Variable Bit Rate (VBR). VBR is an encoding system that automatically
adjusts the bit rate according to the recording image.
• High resolution images occupy more memory space than low resolution images. If the higher resolution is
selected, there is less space to record movie images in the memory.
English _61
Video Quality ( )
• You can select the quality of a movie to be recorded.
• Regarding detailed image capacity, see page 29.
Settings Contents
On-screen
display
Super Fine Records in the highest quality.
Fine Records in the high quality.
Normal Records in the normal quality.
The lower quality of a movie image is, the higher compression rate is. The recordable time of a movie image is
increased, but its quality is decreased. quality is decreased. is decreased.
Photo Resolution ( )
• You can select the resolution of photo image to be recorded.
• Regarding detailed image capacity, see page 29.
Settings Contents
On-screen
display
2880x1620 Records in the 2880x1620 resolution.
1920x1080 Records in the 1920x1080 resolution.
• For photo development, the higher the resolution, the finer the image quality.
• The number of recordable images varies depending on the recording environment.
• Photo images that are recorded on your HD camcorder may not playback properly on other digital devices that do
not support this photo size.
• High resolution images occupy more memory space than low resolution images. If a higher resolution is selected,
there is less space to store photos in the memory.
using the menu items
62_ English
Photo Sharpness ( )
This function allows the user to obtain sharper photo images by processing the image after it is shot.
Settings Contents
On-screen
display
Normal The photo images appear with sharp edges and are suitable for printing.
Soft Smoothes the edges of photo images.
Sharp
The edges of the image are emphasized so it can be clearly viewed but a noise can
be generated.
White Balance ( )
This HD camcorder automatically adjusts the colour of subject.
Change the white balance setting depending on the recording conditions.
Settings Contents
On-screen
display
Auto This option is generally used to control the white balance automatically. None
Daylight
This controls the white balance according to the outdoor ambience, especially for
close up and when the subject is of one dominant colour.
Cloudy This option is used when you make a recording in cloudy weather.
Fluorescent This option is used when you make a recording under white fluorescent lights.
Tungsten This option is for when there is less than 3200K of tungsten light being used.
Custom WB You can manually adjust white balance to match the light source or situation
English _63
Setting white balance manually:
1. Touch “Custom WB.”
• The “ Set White Balance” indicator is displayed.
2. Frame a white object such as a piece of white paper so that it fills the screen.
• Use an object that is not transparent.
• If the object that fills the screen is not focused, correct the focus using “Focus:
Manual” page 69
3. Touch the OK ( ) tab.
• The white balance setting will be applied and ( ) indicator is displayed.
• A subject can be shot under various types of lighting conditions indoors (natural,
fluorescent, candlelight, etc.). Because the colour temperature is different
depending on the light source, the subject tint will differ depending on the white
balance settings. Use this function for a more natural result.
• It is recommended that you specify “Digital Zoom: Off” (page 74) before setting
white balance.
• Do not use a coloured object when setting white balance: The appropriate tint
cannot be set.
• This function will be set to “Auto” in the EASY Q mode.
• Reset the white balance if lighting conditions change.
• During normal outdoor recording, setting to auto may provide better results.
using the menu items
White thick
paper
STBY 00:00:00 [300Min]
9999
64_ English
Aperture ( )
The aperture stop of a lens can be adjusted to control the amount of light reaching the image sensor.
This is similar to the way the pupil of the human eyes reacts to bright light.
Settings Contents
On-screen
display
Auto
This option automatically adjusts aperture value (F-Number) according to the
environmental light conditions.
None
Manual You can adjust the overall image brightness by controlling the aperture.
FX.X FX.X
Setting the aperture manually:
• Opening the aperture (reduce the aperture value)
Objects closer and further away than the focused subject will be out of focus.
You will see that the background is out of focus when you focus on the subject.
• Closing the aperture (increase the aperture value)
The range in focus expands forward and backward.
You will see that both the subject and the background are all in focus if you use a high
aperture stop.
• Touch the decrease ( Touch the decrease (( ) or increase ( ) tab to adjust the aperture while viewing the image on the LCD screen. tab to adjust the aperture while viewing the image on the LCD screen.
The available aperture range: F1.8 ~ F16
• The possible setting range for the aperture varies with zooming.
• When you specify When you specify “Aperture: Manual,” the iSCENE mode is cancelled and “Shutter” is set to “Auto”
automatically. (Manual Aperture Priority)
Aperture
F5.6
English _65
Shutter ( )
The HD camcorder automatically sets the shutter speed depending on the subject brightness.
You can also manually adjust the shutter speed according to the scene conditions.
Settings Contents
On-screen
display
Auto The HD camcorder automatically sets the appropriate aperture value. None
Manual
Shutter speed can be set to 1/50, 1/120, 1/250, 1/500, 1/1000, 1/2000,
1/4000, or 1/10000.
S.1/XXX
Setting the shutter speed manually
You can set the shutter speed manually. A fast shutter speed can freeze the motion of a
fast moving subject and a slow shutter speed can blur the subject to give the impression of
motion.
• Fast shutter speed allows a fast-moving subject to be captured one frame at a time vividly.
Use these settings when an automatic adjustment does not work well with “Sports”
mode in “iSCENE.” page 59
using the menu items
Shutter
1/50
66_ English
Recommended shutter speed when recording
Shutter speed Conditions
1/50
The shutter speed is fixed at 1/50 second. Colour bands that appear when focusing on a
TV screen become narrower.
1/120
The shutter speed is fixed at 1/120 second. Indoor sports such as basketball.
The flickering that occurs when shooting under a florescent light or mercury-vapor lamp
is reduced.
1/250, 1/500, 1/1000 Moving cars, trains or other rapidly moving vehicles such as roller coasters.
1/2000, 1/4000,
1/10000
Outdoor sports such as golf and tennis.
• The image may not seem smooth when a high shutter speed is set.
• This function will be set to “Auto” in the EASY Q mode.
• When recording with a shutter speed of 1/1000 or higher, make sure the sun is not directly shining into the
lens.
• When you specify When you specify “Shutter: Manual,” the iSCENE mode is cancelled and “Aperture” is set to “Auto”
automatically. (Manual Shutter Priority)
• In case of photo, the maximum shutter speed is limited to 1/500.
English _67
using the menu items
EV (Exposure Value) ( )
The HD camcorder usually adjusts the exposure automatically. You can also manually adjust the exposure depending
on the recording conditions.
Setting the exposure manually:
When manually setting the exposure, the default setting appears as the value is automatically adjusted according to
the environmental light conditions.
Touch the decrease ( ) or increase ( ) tab to adjust the exposure while viewing the
image on the LCD screen.
• Exposure value can be set between “-2.0” and “+2.0.”
• The exposure value setting will be applied and the ( ) indicator and setting value are
displayed.
Manual exposure is recommended in situations listed below:
• When shooting using reverse lighting or when the background is too bright.
• When shooting on a reflective natural background such as at the beach or when skiing.
• When the background is overly dark or the subject is bright.
This function will be set to “0” in the EASY Q mode.
EV
0
68_ English
Back Light ( )
When subject is lit from behind, this function will compensate for lighting so that the subject is not too dark.
Settings Contents
On-screen
display
Off Disables the function. None
On
• Backlight compensation is executed.
• Backlight compensation brightens the subject quickly.
Back lighting influences recording when the subject is darker
than the background:
• The subject is in front of a window.
• The person to be recorded is wearing white or shiny clothes and
is placed against a bright background; the person’s face is too
dark to distinguish his/her features.
• The subject is outdoors and the background is overcast.
• The light sources are too bright.
• The subject is against a snowy background.
This function will be set to “Off” in the EASY Q mode.
<Back light on> <Back light off>
English _69
Focus ( )
The HD camcorder usually focuses on a subject automatically (auto focus). When the HD camcorder is turned on,
auto-focus will always be set. You can also manually focus a subject depending on the recording conditions.
Settings Contents
On-screen
display
Auto
In most situations, it is better to use the automatic focus feature, as it enables you to
concentrate on the creative side of your recording.
None
Manual
Manual focusing may be necessary under certain conditions that make automatic
focusing difficult or unreliable.
Touch Point This function is to focus on the point you touch.
Focusing manually during recording
This HD camcorder automatically focuses a subject from close-up to infinity.
However, the correct focus may not be obtained depending on the recording conditions. In
this case, use the manual focus mode.
1. Touch “Focus” “Manual.”
• The manual focus adjustment indicator appears.
2. Touch the nearer subject ( ) or further subject ( ) tab to
adjust the focus, while viewing the subject on the LCD screen.
Focusing on a further subject
To focus on a further subject, touch the further subject ( )
tab.
Focusing in a nearer subject
To focus on a nearer subject, touch the nearer subject ( )
tab.
• The nearer or further icon ( / ) appears in the centre when focus adjustment reaches the end.
• The adjusted value is applied right after touching the ( or ) tab.
<Nearer subject> <Further subject>
using the menu items
Manual
70_ English
Touch Pointing
Touch the desired point to focus in the square area on the touch panel.
1. Touch “Focus” “Touch Point.”
2. To exit, touch the Exit ( ) tab or Return ( ) tab until the menu disappears.
3. Focus on the particular point by touching the desired point.
In the following situations, you may obtain better results by adjusting the focus manually.
• A picture containing several objects, some close to the HD camcorder, others further away.
• A person enveloped in fog or surrounded by snow.
• Very shiny or glossy surfaces like a car.
• People or objects moving constantly or quickly like an athlete or a crowd.
• The focus function will alternate between manual focus and auto focus. With auto focus, no indication will
appear on the screen.
• The manual focus function can move the focus to the desired area. The auto focus function automatically The manual focus function can move the focus to the desired area. The auto focus function automatically The manual focus function can move the focus to the desired area. The auto focus function automatically
adjusts the focus in the centre.
• Use the zoom function to catch the desired target before manually adjusting the focus. If you use the zoom Use the zoom function to catch the desired target before manually adjusting the focus. If you use the zoom Use the zoom function to catch the desired target before manually adjusting the focus. If you use the zoom
function after manual focusing, refocusing is required.
• Check that the digital zoom function has been set before manual focusing. If the digital zoom is set, you Check that the digital zoom function has been set before manual focusing. If the digital zoom is set, you Check that the digital zoom function has been set before manual focusing. If the digital zoom is set, you
cannot correctly adjust the focus. Cancel the digital zoom function.
• If you are inexperienced in the use of HD camcorders, we recommend that you use auto focus.
• This function will be set to “Auto” in the EASY Q mode.
STBY 00:00:00 [300Min]
9999
English _71
Digital Effect ( )
The digital effect enables you to give a creative look to your recording. Select the appropriate digital effect for the type
of picture that you wish to record and the effect you wish to create.
There are 4 different digital effect options.
Settings Contents
On-screen
display
Off Disables the function. None
¯
Black & White
This mode changes the images to
black and white.
¯
Sepia
This mode gives the images a reddish
brown pigment.
¯
Negative
This mode reverses the colours,
creating a negative image.
·
Art
This mode gives the images a coarse
effect.
This function will be set to “Off” in the EASY Q mode.
using the menu items
3
2 1
4
72_ English
Fader ( )
You can give your recording a professional look by using special effects such as fade in at the beginning of a
sequence or fade out at the end of a sequence.
Settings Contents
On-screen
display
Off Disables the function. None
In As soon as you start recording, it will fade in.
Out When the recording is done, it will fade out.
In-Out When you start or stop recording, the fader will be function accordingly.
Fade in
Press the Recording start/stop button when “Fader” is set to “In.”
Recording starts with a dark screen and then the image and sound
are faded in.
Fade out
Press the Recording start/stop button when “Fader” is set to “Out.”
Recording stops as the image and sound are faded out.
Fade in-out
Press the Recording start/stop button when “Fader” is set to “In-
Out.”
Recording starts with a dark screen and then the image and sound are faded in.
Recording stops as the image and sound are faded out.
This function is disabled after being used one time.
Fade In (Approx. 3 seconds)
Fade Out (Approx. 3 seconds)
English _73
Tele Macro ( )
• This function is used to record a distant subject that is approaching.
• The effective focal distance in the Tele macro mode is between 1 cm (0.4 inches) and 50 cm (19.7 inches).
Settings Contents
On-screen
display
Off Disables the function. None
On Tele macro is executed.
• When recording in Tele macro mode, the focus speed may be lowered.
• Use a tripod (not supplied) to prevent hand shake in the Tele macro mode.
• Avoid shadows when recording in the Tele macro mode.
• As the distance to the subject decreases, focusing area narrows.
• When you can not get proper focus, move the Zoom lever to adjust the focus.
• This function will be set to “Off” in the EASY Q mode.
Cont. Shot ( )
• Continuous shot allows the user to take consecutive images of a moving object.
• Records images continuously up to the storage capacity.
Settings Contents
On-screen
display
Off Records only one photo image. None
On 8 photo images are recorded in 1 second when the PHOTO button is pressed.
• When “Cont. Shot” is set to “On,” the flash function is automatically set to off and the resolution is fixed to
1920 x 1080.
• When “Cont. Shot” is set to “Off,” the resolution is reset to the previous setting but the flash function still
remains Off.
• When an error (memory full, etc) during continuous shot, the recording stops and an error message is
displayed.
using the menu items
74_ English
Wind Cut ( )
You can reduce wind noise when recording sound from the built-in microphone.
If “Wind Cut: On” is set, the low-frequency components in the sound picked up by the microphone will be cut off
during recording: This makes it easier to hear voice and sound during playback.
• Use the Wind Cut when recording in windy places such as a beach.
Settings Contents
On-screen
display
Off Disable the function. None
On Minimizes wind noise or other noise while recording.
• When the “Wind Cut” is “On,” some low frequency sound is eliminated along with the sound of the wind.
• Make sure the “Wind Cut” is set to “Off” when you want the microphone to be sensitive as possible.
Digital Zoom ( )
You can select the maximum zoom level in case you want to zoom to a level greater than optical zoom magnification.
Up to 10x zoom is performed digitally.
This right side of the bar shows the digital zooming factor.
The zooming zone appears when you select the zooming level.
Settings Contents
On-screen
display
Off Up to 10X zoom is performed optically. None
On
Up to 10X zoom is performed optically, and after that, up to 10X zoom is performed
digitally. (Zooming more than 10X is achieved digitally, up to 100X when combined
with optical zoom.)
None
• The image quality may deteriorate depending on how much you zoom in on the subject.
• Maximum zooming may result in lower image quality.
English _75
Self Timer ( )
When you use the self timer function, recording begins automatically in 10 seconds.
Settings Contents
On-screen
display
Off Disable the function. None
10 Sec
Recording begins automatically in 10 seconds by pressing the Recording start/stop
or PHOTO button.
Self timer recording
1. Set “Self Timer” to “10 Sec.”
2. To record movie images, press the Recording start/stop button.
To take photo images, press the PHOTO button.
• Self timer starts counting down from 10 with a beep sound.
• At the last second of the countdown, recording starts automatically.
• If you want to cancel the self timer function before recording, press the Recording
start/stop or PHOTO button again.
• Using a tripod (not supplied) is recommended during self record.
• This function is disabled after being used one time. This function is disabled after being used one time.
using the menu items

10
<When recording a movie image>
76_ English
Time Lapse REC ( )
• Time Lapse REC records still images at specific intervals you can set and plays them as one movie file. Time Lapse REC records still images at specific intervals you can set and plays them as one movie file.
• This function is useful to observe the movement of clouds, the changes in daylight or blooming flowers, etc. This function is useful to observe the movement of clouds, the changes in daylight or blooming flowers, etc.
Settings Contents
On-screen
display
Off Disables the function. None
On
When you start movie recording, images of the subject are captured and saved to
the storage media by set interval and total recording period.
Setting the Time Lapse REC mode:
To record in the Time Lapse REC mode, you need to set the recording interval and total recording time in the menu.
1. Touch the Menu ( ) tab.
2. Touch the up ( )/down ( ) tab until “Time Lapse REC” is displayed.
3. Touch “Time Lapse REC” and touch “On.”
• The recording interval and total recording time items are displayed.
4. Touch the up ( )/down ( ) tab to set a desired recording interval (“Sec”).
• “Interval” Interval”: Image of the subject is captured by set interval. the subject is captured by set interval. ubject is captured by set interval.
1 3 5 Sec
5. Touch hour field, then touch the up ( )/down ( ) tab to set a total recording time (“HR”).
• “REC Limit” REC Limit”: Total recording time, from the beginning to the end of the interval ecording time, from the beginning to the end of the interval ng time, from the beginning to the end of the interval
recording.
24 48 72 Hr
• While you set the preparatory settings (recording interval and total recording time), the
approximate time-lapse recording time will be displayed on the menu screen.
6. To exit, touch the Exit ( ) tab or Return ( ) tab repeatedly until the menu disappears.
7. After setting the Time Lapse REC mode, press the Recording start/stop button.
• The Time Lapse REC starts.
• While playing back, it will display 50 images per second. (Sound is not available.)
For example, if the recording interval was “1” second and the total recording time was
“24” hours, images are automatically captured and saved in storage media at every 1
second for 24 hours.
Continued...
Off
On
1 / 1
Time Lapse REC
Time Lapse REC
Interval REC limit
Sec/ HR
REC Time : 28Min 48Sec
[HD]720/50P SF
1 24
STBY 00:00:00 [300Min]
9999 1Sec/24Hr
English _77
Example of Time Lapse REC
Time Lapse REC records image frames at the predefined
interval over the total recording time to produce a time-
lapse video.
Time Lapse REC is useful for fi lming in the following
situations:
• Blooming flowers
• Insect’s skin-casting
• Clouds rolling by in the sky
• This function is disabled after being used one time.
• For Time Lapse REC, the [HD]720/50p resolution and Super Fine quality are supported only.
• 50 captured images compose a video of 1 second length. Since the minimum length of a video to be saved by your
camcorder is one second, the interval defines how long the Time Lapse Recording should be taken. For example, if you
set the interval to “3 Sec,” Time Lapse Recording should be taken for at least 3 minutes to record a minimum video
length of 1 second (50 images).
• Once the Time Lapse REC finishes recording for its total recording time, it switches to the standby mode.
• Press the Recording start/stop button if you want to stop the Time Lapse REC.
• Audio is not recorded during Time Lapse Recording.
• When a video recording fills up 1.8GB of storage media, a new recording file is automatically started at that point.
• When the battery is exhausted during Time Lapse REC, it saves recording up to that point and switches to standby
mode. After a while, it displays a warning message, then turns off automatically.
• When memory runs out while performing Time Lapse REC, the camcorder switches to the standby mode after saving
what was recorded so far.
• During Time Lapse REC, the zoom and focus functions are fixed so that you cannot change the settings.
Even though the subject is moved, the focus cannot be changed.
• We recommend using the AC power adaptor when using the Time Lapse REC function.
Total time for recording
Recording interval
Timeline
Time for recording
on the storage media
(a video clip of Time
Lapse REC)
00:00:20 / 00:20:00
100-0001
00:00:25 / 00:20:00
100-0001
00:00:30 / 00:20:00
100-0001
00:00:35 / 00:20:00
100-0001
(The Time Lapse movie
file appears with the Time
Lapse REC ( ) icon.)
(The Time Lapse movie
1 / 2
HD SD
78_ English
using the menu items
Quick View ( )
This function enables you to check the just recorded movie or photo without switching to the play mode.
Settings Contents
On-screen
display
Off Disable the function. None
On You can review the recording immediately in STBY mode. None
Using the Quick View
1. Set “Quick View” to “On.”
2. To record movie images, press the Recording start/stop button and press the button button and press the button
to stop recording again.
To take photo images, press the PHOTO button.
• The Quick View ( ) appears on the centre of the screen in STBY mode.
3. Touch the Quick View ( ) tab to review the recording.
4. To quit the Quick View, touch the Return ( ) tab.
• Touch the Delete ( ) tab to delete the recording which is being played back.
Selecting “No” in the delete confirm screen will quit the Quick View, and switch to
STBY mode.
• For photo images recorded with the Cont. Shot, only the most recent file is
played.
00:00:20 / 00:30:00
100_0001
Quick View
STBY 00:00:00 [300Min]
9999
English _79
Guideline ( )
• Guideline displays certain patterns on the LCD screen so that you can easily set the image composition when
recording movie or photo images.
• The HD camcorder provides 3 types of guidelines.
Settings Contents
On-screen
display
Off Disable the function. None
Enables you to centre the subject for proper recording.
Enables you to place the subject within a safety zone which prevents it being cut
when editing in the 4:3 for left and right and 2.35:1 for top and bottom.
Enables you to place the subject in the centre square for proper positioning.
• Positioning the subject at the cross point of the guideline makes a balanced composition.
• The guidelines on the screen do not appear on the images actually recorded.
PLAYBACK MENU ITEMS
You can setup these menu items for playing movie and photo images.
Play Option ( )
You can setup play options for movie image playback.
Settings Contents
On-screen
display
Play All
Plays movie images continuously starting from the selected image to the last one,
then returns to the thumbnail index view.
Play One Plays the selected movie image only and returns to the thumbnail index view.
Repeat All Repeats playing all the video clips until the Return ( ) tab is touched.
Repeat One Repeats playing the selected video only until the Return ( ) tab is touched.
80_ English
Highlight ( )
Shows a section of recorded movie images at random according to the total play time and number of files.
Settings Contents
On-screen
display
Recent
Shows a section of the videos that
were created within the last 24
hours.
All Shows a section of all movie images.
Slide Show Option ( )
You can set the slide show option (Interval, Effect, and Music).
Settings Contents
On-screen
display
Interval
Photo images play back continuously in the set slide show interval (1sec or
3sec).
None
Effect
Continuously plays back photo images with the fade in / out effect between
image transitions.
None
Music You can turn the built-in background music on or off. None
Loading time may vary depending on the photo image size.
File Info ( )
It shows the image information. You can view the file name, created date and size, etc.
using the menu items
Time Recorded Highlight Playback Time
Less than 4 sec. Full playback
4 to 30 sec. Plays 5 seconds.
30 sec. to 5 min.
Plays 5 seconds of each 30
second section.
5 min. to 10 min.
Plays 5 seconds of each 1
minute section.
10 min. to 30 min.
Plays 5 seconds of each 2
minute section.
Over 30 min.
Plays 5 seconds of each 5
minute section.
File Info
100VIDEO
HDV_0001.MP4
Date : 01. JAN. 2009
Duration : 00:12:21
Size : 1.21GB
Resolution : HD 1080 50i F
English _81
SETTING MENU ITEMS
You can setup the date/time, OSD language, video output, and display settings of the HD camcorder.
Storage Type (HMX-H104BP/HMX-H105BP/HMX-H1052BP/HMX-H106SP/HMX-H1062SP only)
You can record movie and photo images on the built-in memory or a memory card, so you should select the desired
storage media before starting recording or playback.
Settings Contents
On-screen
display
Memory Records or play backs images in the built-in memory.
Card Records or play backs images in a memory card.
Storage Info
This shows you the storage information (the storage media, used space and available space, recordable time
according to the quality). So you can find out how long you will be able to record on the storage media.
Make sure to set the appropriate storage media.
Settings Contents
Memory You can view the used space, available space, and the recordable time on the built-in memory.
Card You can view the used space, available space, and the recordable time on the memory card.
• The memory card’s information appears by touching “Storage Info.”
(HMX-H100P/HMX-H1000P only)
• When you format the built-in memory or memory card, a minimum of 40 MB is
assigned for system storage, which cannot store any movie or photo data.
(HMX-H104BP only)
Memory
● Used: 41.7MB ● Free: 29.8GB
[HD]1080/50i
Super Fine : 236Min
Fine : 285Min
Normal : 365Min
82_ English
using the menu items
Format
You can use the “Format” function to completely delete all files and options on the storage media, including
protected files.
Settings Contents
On-screen
display
Memory You can format the built-in memory. None
Card You can format the memory card. None
• If you execute the format function, all files will be deleted completely and the erased files cannot be
recovered.
• Formatting the storage media using a different device will cause a “Not Formatted” error.
• A memory card with the protection tab set to lock will not be formatted. page 30
• Format does not perform if the battery is low. We recommend using the AC power adaptor when formatting.
• The memory card format is executed by touching “Format.” (HMX-H100P/HMX-H1000P only)
File No.
File numbers are assigned to images in the order they were recorded.
Settings Contents
On-screen
display
Series
Assigns file numbers in sequence even if the memory card is replaced with another
one or after formatting or deleting all files.
The file number is reset when a new folder is created.
None
Reset
Resets the file number to 0001 even after formatting or deleting all files or inserting
a new memory card. Use “Reset” when the folder and files cannot be created
anymore because the camcorder has reached its limit.
None
English _83
Time Zone
You can easily set the clock to the local time when using your camcorder while traveling.
Settings Contents On-screen display
Home
• The clock will be used according to your setting on the “Date/Time Set”
menu.
• Select it when using this camcorder for the first time or when returning
the clock to your hometown date/time setting.
None
Visit
• When you visit a different time zone, it allows you to use the local time
without changing your hometown time setting.
• The clock will be adjusted in accordance with the time difference
between the two locations.
Cities used to set the time zone
Cities Time zone Cities Time zone
London, Lisbon
+ 00:00
Adelaide
+ 09:30
Rome, Paris, Berlin, Stockholm, Madrid, Frankfurt
+ 01:00
Guam, Sydney, Brisbane
+ 10:00
Athens, Helsinki, Cairo, Ankara
+ 02:00
Solomon Islands
+ 11:00
Moskva, Riyadh
+ 03:00
Wellington, Fiji
+ 12:00
Teheran
+ 03:30
Samoa, Midway
- 11:00
Abu Dhabi, Muscat
+ 04:00
Honolulu, Hawaii, Tahiti
- 10:00
Kabul
+ 04:30
Alaska
- 09:00
Tashkent, Karachi
+ 05:00
LA, San Francisco, Vancouver, Seattle
- 08:00
Calcutta, New Delhi
+ 05:30
Denver, Phoenix, Salt Lake City
- 07:00
Almaty, Kathmandu
+ 05:45
Chicago, Dallas, Houston, Mexico City
- 06:00
Dacca
+ 06:00
New York, Miami, Washington D.C., Montreal, Atlanta
- 05:00
Yangon
+ 06:30
Caracas, Santiago
- 04:00
Bangkok
+ 07:00
Buenos Aires, Brasilia, Sao Paulo
- 03:00
Hong Kong, Beijing, Taipei, Singapore, Manila
+ 08:00
Fernando de Noronha
- 02:00
Seoul, Tokyo, Pyongyang
+ 09:00
Azores, Cape Verde - 01:00
The times here are based on GMT (Greenwich Mean Time).
84_ English
Date/Time Set
Set the current date and time so they can be recorded correctly. page 25
Date Type
You can select the desired date type.
Settings Contents On-screen display
2009/01/01 Displays the date in the order of year, month (two-digit) and day. 2009/01/01
JAN/01/2009 Displays the date in the order of month, day and year. JAN/01/2009
01/JAN/2009 Displays the date in the order of day, month and year. 01/JAN/2009
01/01/2009 Displays the date in the order of day, month (two-digit) and year. 01/01/2009
This function depends on “Date/Time Display” setting.
Time Type
You can select the time format to display.
Settings Contents On-screen display
12 Hr The time is displayed in 12 hour units. 12:00 AM
24 Hr The time is displayed in 24 hour units. 00:00
This function depends on “Date/Time Display” setting.
using the menu items
English _85
Date/Time Display
You can set the date and time to display on the LCD screen.
• Before you use the “Date/Time Display” function, you must set the date and time. page 25
Settings Contents On-screen display
Off Current date and time information is not displayed. None
Date Displays the current date. 01/JAN/2009
Time Displays the current time. 00:00
Date & Time Displays the current date and time. 01/JAN/2009 00:00
• The date/time will read “01/JAN/2009 00:00” in the following conditions:
- The built-in rechargeable battery becomes weak or dead.
• This function depends on “Date Type” and “Time Type” setting.
LCD Brightness
• Your HD camcorder is equipped with a 2.7 inch wide colour Liquid Crystal Display (LCD)
screen, which enables you to view what you are recording or playing back directly.
• Depending on the conditions under which you are using the HD camcorder (indoors or
outdoors for example), you can adjust LCD brightness.
• Touch the decrease ( ) or increase ( ) tab to increase or decrease the value of a
desired item.
• You can set values for LCD brightness between 0 and 35.
Adjusting the LCD screen does not affect the brightness of the image to be recorded.
LCD Brightness
17
86_ English
using the menu items
Beep Sound
You can turn the beep sound on or off.
Settings Contents
On-screen
display
Off Disables the function. None
On When on, a beep will sound every time a button is pressed. None
• The beep sound is off when recording in movie mode.
• When beep sound is set to off, the power on/off sound is off.
Shutter Sound
You can turn the shutter sound on or off.
Settings Contents
On-screen
display
Off Disables the function. None
On When on, the shutter will sound with each press of the PHOTO button. None
The shutter sound is not heard in the following conditions:
- In case of using the PHOTO button during video recording
English _87
Auto Power Off
You can set the HD camcorder to automatically turn off when there is no operation for 5 minutes.
Settings Contents
On-screen
display
Off The HD camcorder does not turn off automatically. None
5 Min
For power saving purposes, the HD camcorder will automatically turn off if there is no
operation for 5 minutes.
None
Auto Power Off does not work in the following situations:
• When a USB cable is connected.
• When the HD Camcorder is connected to the AC adapter.
• While the Quick On STBY function is in operation.
• While the Demo function is in operation.
• While in recording, playing (except pause), Photo slide show.
Quick On STBY
When are going to record frequently for an extended time, use the Quick On STBY function. In standby mode,
closing the LCD screen will commence the Quick On STBY mode to reduce energy consumption. Once you are
ready to record again, this function enables to the camcorder to come on quickly from the power saving mode.
Settings Contents
On-screen
display
Off Without entering Quick On STBY mode, the power turns off. -
5 Min After staying in Quick On STBY mode for 5 minutes, the power turns off. -
10 Min After staying in Quick On STBY mode for 10 minutes, the power turns off. -
20 Min After staying in Quick On STBY mode for 20 minutes, the power turns off. -
• When entering Quick On STBY mode, the Mode indicator blinks.
• After the time is set in “Quick On STBY”, the power is off automatically.
• Turning off the camcorder after use is always recommended to reduce the energy consumption, however,
you can effectively use the Quick On STBY function for the frequent shooting conditions in the specified time
schedule.
• The Quick On STBY mode is not available in the following conditions: The Quick On STBY mode is not available in the following conditions: The Quick On STBY mode is not available in the following conditions:
- When the LCD screen is open. When the LCD screen is open. When the LCD screen is open.
- When a video cable (HDMI, Component/AV) or the USB cable is connected to the camcorder. When a video cable (HDMI, Component/AV) or the USB cable is connected to the camcorder. When a video cable (HDMI, Component/AV) or the USB cable is connected to the camcorder.
- When operating the buttons on the camcorder. When operating the buttons on the camcorder. When operating the buttons on the camcorder.
- If the LCD screen was not closed in the video standby mode. If the LCD screen was not closed in the video standby mode. If the LCD screen was not closed in the video standby mode.
88_ English
using the menu items
Remote
This function allows you to enable or disable the remote control for use with the HD camcorder.
Settings Contents
On-screen
display
Off
Disable the function.
The ( ) indicator appears when you use the remote control.
None
On You can control the HD camcorder with the remote control. None
PC Software
• Editing application software for PC is stored in the boot-up fash memory of this camcorder.
• The editing software runs automatically once the camcorder is connected to a PC using a USB cable and the PC
Software is set to On.
Settings Contents
On-screen
display
Off
Recognises this camcorder as a USB mass storage device with PC software not
executed.
None
On
Automatically runs the editing PC software stored in this camcorder to the PC
connected.
None
For more information about the built-in editing software on your camcorder, refer
to pages 108~111.
English _89
USB Connect
Using the USB cable, you can connect your HD camcorder to a PC to copy your movie images and photo images
from the storage media, or to a printer to print your photo images.
Settings Contents On-screen display
Mass Storage Connect to a PC. None
PictBridge Connect to a PictBridge printer. None
HDMI TV Out
You can set the HDMI video output to match the TV you have connected.
Settings Contents On-screen display
Auto According to the connected TV type, the video resolution is automatically set. None
576p Select it when connecting to an SD resolution TV that supports progressive scan. None
Analogue TV Out
• You can set the component or composite video output to match the TV you have connected.
• This HD camcorder provides the two-in-one component/AV cable that fits the purpose of the component and the
AV cable. Therefore, when using the component/AV cable, you must check the right method for the TV output by le. Therefore, when using the component/AV cable, you must check the right method for the TV output by
setting the “Analogue TV Out” menu.
Settings Contents On-screen display
Component 1080i Use this setting only when connecting to an Full HDTV (1920 x 1080).
Component 576p
Select it when connecting to an SD resolution TV that supports
progressive scan.
Component 576i
Select when connecting to an SD resolution TV that does not support
progressive scan.
Composite
Select this when you connected the camcorder to a TV that only has
a composite jack. (Video, Audio L/R).
The OSD indicators for the Analogue TV Out setting are displayed only when the component/AV cable is
connected.
90_ English
TV Connect Guide
Shows information on cables and jacks used to connect the camcorder to a TV.
Settings Contents
On-screen
display
HDMI Select this when you want to know how to connect an HDMI cable to a TV. None
Component
Select this when you want to know how to connect a component (Y/PB/PR, Audio
L/R) cable to TV.
None
Composite
Select this when you want to know how to connect a composite (Video, Audio L/R)
cable to TV.
None
TV Display
You can select the output path of the OSD (On-Screen Display). This allows you to set the OSD for viewing on the
TV.
Settings Contents
On-screen
display
Off The OSD appears in the LCD screen only. None
On The OSD appears in the LCD screen and a TV. None
using the menu items
English _91
REC Lamp
You can turn the recording indicator on or off that lights during video or photo recording.
Settings Contents
On-screen
display
Off Disables the function. None
On Recording indicator is on during recording. None
Default Set
You can restore menu settings to default (initial settings at the factory) pages 55-58
Initializing the HD camcorder settings to factory defaults does not affect recorded images.
Language
You can select a desired language to display the menu and messages. page 26
“English” “ 한국어” “Français” “Deutsch” “Italiano” “Español” “Português” “Nederlands”
“Svenska” “Suomi” “Norsk” “Dansk” “Polski ” “Čeština” “Slovensky” “Magyar” “Română”
“Български” “Ελληνικά” “Srpski” “Hrvatski” “Украϊнська” “Русский” “ ፩ၭ” “
ไทย

“Türkçe” “ ” “ ” “IsiZulu”
“Language” options may be changed without prior notice.
92_ English
using the menu items
Demo
Demonstration automatically shows you the major functions that are included with your HD camcorder so that you
may use them more easily.
Settings Contents
On-screen
display
Off Disables the function. None
On Activates demonstration mode and shows various features. None
• The Demo function will automatically come on after 5 minutes has passed in STBY mode.
• You can release the Demo function as follows:
- Touching any point on LCD screen / changing mode / pressing the button (Recording start/stop,
Q.MENU, Display ( ), EASY Q, or PHOTO etc.)
• The Demo is not available if Auto Power Off is set to 5min.
Anynet+ (HDMI-CEC)
Anynet+ is an AV network system that enables you to control all connected Samsung AV devices with an Anynet+
supported Samsung TV remote control. You can use the Anynet+ function by connecting the HD camcorder to an
Anynet+ supported TV with an HDMI cable and by setting “Anynet+ (HDMI-CEC)” to “On.”
For more details, refer to your Samsung TV’s user manual.
Settings Contents
On-screen
display
Off Disables the function. None
On Anynet+ is executed. None
English _93
You can edit recorded movie images in various ways.
Movie image editing cannot be performed when the battery is low.
DIVIDING A MOVIE IMAGE
• This function works only in Play mode. page 20
• You can divide a movie image as many times as you want in order to delete a section
you no longer need.
The movie images will be divided in groups of two.
To divide a movie image
1. Touch the HD Movie ( HD) tab or SD Movie ( SD) tab.
• The thumbnail index view appears accordingly.
2. Touch the Menu ( ) tab “Edit” “Divide.”
• If the movie image thumbnail you want to edit is not on the screen,
touch the up ( ) or down ( ) tab to change the page.
3. Touch a desired movie image.
• The selected movie image will be paused.
4. Search the point of division by touching the playback related (( , , , , , or
) tabs.
5. Touch the pause ( ) tab at the point of division, then touch the Cutting ( ) tab.
• The message “Divide a file at this point?” will appear.
6. Touch “Yes.”
• The selected movie image is divided into two movie images. You can keep dividing
images as long as they are 3 seconds in length.
• If you want to delete an unwanted section of a movie image, divide the movie first,
and then delete the image (section) you no longer need. After dividing the movie
image, you can also combine other desired movie images (see page 95).
• The second image of the divided image will be displayed at the end of the thumbnail index.
editing movie images
Copy
Edit 2 / 2
File Info
Protect
Edit
Divide
Combine
1 / 1
00:15:00 / 00:30:00
100_0001
Divide
Divide
1 / 2
94_ English
To delete a movie image you no longer need
1. Touch the Menu ( ) tab  “Delete.”
2. Touch “Select Files”
• Touch a desired movie image to select it for deletion.
• The ( ) indicator is displayed on the selected images.
Touching the thumbnail image toggles between the thumbnail image being selected
for deletion (the ( ) indicator appears on image) or not (the ( ) indicator is removed
from image). Touch the OK ( ) tab.
3. The message according to the selected option will appear. Touch “Yes.”
• The selected images will be deleted.
• You can not delete a protected image. You must first release the protect function to delete it. page 99
• Slow playback is useful when designating division points.
• The division point may drift before or after the designated point by approximately 0.5 seconds.
• Cannot divide the video:
- You can not divide a video shorter than 6 seconds.
- You can continue dividing a scene after the first 3 seconds from the start of playback or before the last 3 seconds to the end of playback.
- Photo images cannot be divided.
- The time lapse movie images cannot be divided.
• When the movie image is divided, the first image of the divided images is stored in the playlist again.
• You can also access it by using the Q.MENU button. Press the Q.MENU button.  Touch “Edit.”  Touch “Divide.”
• You can perform the Divide function when there is at least 9MB of memory space remaining on the built-in memory or memory card.
• A movie image can be divided into maximum 99 files.
Example: You can divide a movie image into two in order to delete a section you no longer need.
1. Before dividing
2. After image is divided at 30 second
point.
3. After deleting
first image.
0~60 seconds 0~30 seconds 31~60 seconds 0~30 seconds
• The movie image is divided into two
movie images.
Delete
Select Files
All Files
1 / 1
1 / 2
Highlight
Delete
Playlist
Play Option
Delete
1 / 2
English _95
COMBINING TWO MOVIE IMAGES
• This function works only in Play mode. page 20
• You can combine two different movie images.
1. Touch the HD Movie ( HD) tab or SD Movie ( SD) tab.
• The thumbnail index view appears accordingly.
2. Touch the Menu ( ) tab “Edit” “Combine.”
• If the movie image thumbnail you want to edit is not on the screen,
touch the up ( ) or down ( ) tab to scroll to the next group of options.
3. Touch movie images to be combined.
• The ( ) indicator is displayed on the selected movie images.
• Touching the movie thumbnail image toggles between the movie thumbnail image
being selected for combining(the ( ) indicator appears on image) or not (the ( )
indicator is removed from image).
• You cannot select and combine two different resolution images.
4. Touch the OK ( ) tab.
The message “Combine selected two files?” will appear.
5. Touch “Yes.”
• The thumbnail of the first movie image will appear in the combined movie image.
• It is impossible to combine movie images with different resolutions.
For example, if there is one movie image recorded at [HD] 720/50p and two movie images at [HD] 1080/50i,
you can combine only the two movie images recorded at [HD] 1080/50i, not the movie image at [HD] 720/50p.
• You can not combine protected images. You must first release the protect function to paste it. page 99
• The two movie images are combined in the selected order and restored as one movie image.
• The original movie images will not be preserved.
• Photo images cannot be combined.
• The time lapse movie images cannot be combined.
• You can also access it by using the Q.MENU button.
Press the Q.MENU button. Touch “Edit.” Touch “Combine.”
• A maximum of 2 movie images can be combined at a time.
• You can perform the Combine function when there is at least 9MB of memory space remaining on the built-in
memory or memory card.
• Combine is not available if the total size of the two files to be combined exceeds 1.8GB.
editing movie images
Copy
Edit 2 / 2
File Info
Protect
Edit
Divide
Combine
1 / 1
Combine
1 / 2
1 2
96_ English
PLAYLIST
What’s a “Playlist?”
The playlist is created by gathering your favourite recorded movie images. Since the playlist is not created by copying
data, it will consume little of the storage capacity. When creating or deleting a playlist, the original movie image will
not be erased. In addition, adding or deleting movie images from a playlist does not affect the original movie images.
12. JAN.2009 JAN.2009 2009 30.JAN.2009 JAN.2009 .2009
Movie image 1 Movie image 2 Movie image 3 Movie image 4 Movie image 5 Movie image 6 Movie image 7

10:00 10:30 11:30 14:00 16:10 18:20 20:00
Playlist
English _97
editing movie images
Creating the playlist
• This function works only in Play mode. page 20
• You can create a playlist on this HD camcorder by gathering your favourites from the
recorded movie images. Since the playlist is not created by copying data, you will
consume little of the storage capacity.
1. Press the Q.MENU button.
2. Touch “Playlist” “HD” or “SD” (creating playlist according to movie resolution)
Menu ( ) tab “Add.”
3. Select and touch movie images to add to the playlist.
• The ( ) indicator is displayed on the selected movie images.
• Touching the movie thumbnail image toggles between the movie thumbnail image
being selected for creating a playlist (the ( ) indicator appears on image) or not
(the ( ) indicator is removed from image).
4. Touch the OK ( ) tab.
• The message “Add selected files to Playlist?” will appear.
5. Touch “Yes.”
• When creation of a playlist is completed, the thumbnail view of the playlist will
appear.
• You can play a playlist in the same manner as you play a movie image. page 42
• Up to 9999 movie images can be included in the playlist.
• You cannot select two different resolution images for placement in the playlist.
• You can add a movie image to the playlist in the same manner as above.
• You can also access it by using the Menu ( ) tab.
Touch the Menu ( ) tab “Playlist.”
Storage
File Info
Playlist Highlight
Edit Delete
Add
1 / 2
Playlist
HD SD
1 / 1
Arrange
Delete
Add
98_ English
Arranging the order of movie images within a playlist
You can arrange movie images within a playlist by moving them to the desired positions.
1. Touch “Playlist” “HD” or “SD” (arranging playlist according to movie resolution)
Menu ( ) tab “Arrange.”
2. Touch the movie image to be moved.
• The ( ) indicator is displayed on the selected movie images.
• Touching the movie thumbnail image toggles between the movie thumbnail image
being selected for arranging within the playlist (the ( ) indicator appears on image)
or not (the ( ) indicator is removed from image).
• A bar will also appear next to the movie image.
3. Touch the previous ( ) or next ( ) tab to move the bar to the position of your choice,
then touch the OK ( ) tab.
• The message “Arrange the selected file in this order?” Arrange the selected file in this order?” will appear.
4. Touch “Yes.”
• The selected movie image will be moved to the new position.
Deleting movie images from a playlist
You can delete undesired movie images within the playlist.
1. Touch “Playlist” “HD” or “SD” (deleting playlist according to movie resolution)
Menu ( ) tab “Delete.”
2. Touch the movie images to be deleted.
• The (( ) indicator is displayed on the movie images selected for deletion. indicator is displayed on the movie images selected for deletion.
• Touching the movie thumbnail image toggles between the movie thumbnail image
being selected for deleting from the playlist (the (( ) indicator appears on image) or indicator appears on image) or
not (the (( ) indicator is removed from image). indicator is removed from image).
3. Touch the OK ( ) tab.
• The message “Delete selected files from Playlist?” will appear.
4. Touch “Yes.”
• The selected playlists will be deleted.
1 / 1
Arrange
Delete
Add
Arrange
Delete 1 / 1
Add
Delete
1 / 1
Arrange
1 / 1
English _99
This chapter describes information about movie or photo file management tools such as protection, deletion, and copy.
Image management cannot be performed when the battery is low.
PROTECTION FROM ACCIDENTAL ERASURE
• This function works only in Play mode. page 20
• You can protect important images from accidental erasure.
• If you execute formatting, all files including protected files will be erased. page 82
1. Touch the HD Movie ( HD) tab, SD Movie ( SD) tab, or Photo ( ) tab.
2. Touch the Menu ( ) tab “Protect.”
3. Touch the desired option tab on the screen (“Select Files” “All On” or “All Off”).
• “Select Files”: Protects individual images.
To protect individual images, touch the images in order to select them for protection.
The ( ) indicator is displayed on the selected movie images.
Touching the thumbnail image toggles between the thumbnail image being selected
for protection (the ( ) indicator appears on image) or not (the ( ) indicator is removed
from image). Touch the OK ( ) tab.
• “All On”: Protects all images.
To protect all images, simply touch “All On.”
• “All Off”: Releases the protected images all at once.
4. The message according to the selected option will appear. Touch “Yes.”
• After completing, the selected images will be protected.
• It operates identically in the full image display.
• Protected images will show the ( ) indicator when they are displayed.
• If the write protection tab on the memory card is set to lock, you cannot set image
protection. page 30
image management
2 / 2
Copy
File Info
Edit
Protect
Protect
1 / 2
Protect
Select Files
All On
1 / 1 All Off
100_ English
DELETING IMAGES
• This function works only in Play mode. page 20
• You can erase the images recorded on the storage media.
• An image that has been deleted cannot be recovered.
1. Touch the HD Movie ( HD) tab, SD Movie ( SD) tab, or Photo ( ) tab.
2. Touch the Menu ( ) tab “Delete.”
3. Touch the desired option tab on the screen (“Select Files” or “All Files”).
• “Select Files”: Deletes individual images.
To delete individual images, touch images in order to select them for deletion.
The ( ) indicator is displayed on the selected images.
Touching the thumbnail image toggles between the thumbnail image being selected
for deletion (the ( ) indicator appears on image) or not (the ( ) indicator is removed
from image). Touch the OK ( ) tab.
• “All Files”: Deletes all images.
To delete all images, simply touch “All Files.”
4. The message according to the selected option will appear. Touch “Yes.”
• After completion, selected images will be deleted. (Accordingly, the deleted files also
disappear in the playlist. page 97)
• It operates identically in the full image display.
• To protect important images from accidental deletion, activate the image
protection. page 99
• The protect ( ) indicator will blink if you try to delete a image that was previously
protected. page 99
You must release the protect function to delete the image.
• If the write protection tab on the memory card is set to lock, you cannot delete.
page 30
• You can also format the storage media to delete all the images at once.
Be aware that all files and data including protected files will be erased. page 82
• You can also access it by using the Q.MENU button.
Press the Q.MENU button. Touch “Delete.”
1 / 2
Highlight
Delete
Playlist
Play Option
Delete
Select Files
All Files
1 / 1
Delete
1 / 2
English _101
COPYING IMAGES (HMX-H104BP/HMX-H105BP/HMX-H1052BP/HMX-H106SP/HMX-H1062SP only)
• This function works only in Play mode. page 20
• Movies and photos stored in the built-in memory can be copied to the external flash
memory card.
• Copying to the memory card does not delete originals in the built-in memory.
• Make sure that the memory card has been inserted.
1. Touch the HD Movie ( HD) tab, or SD Movie ( SD) tab, Photo ( ) tab.
2. Touch the Menu ( ) tab  “Copy.”
3. Touch the desired option tab on the screen (“Select Files” or “All Files”).
• “Select Files”: Copy individual images.
Touch images you want to copy.
The ( ) indicator is displayed on the selected images.
Touching the thumbnail image toggles between the thumbnail image being selected
for copying (the ( ) indicator appears on image) or not (the ( ) indicator is removed
from image). Touch the OK ( ) tab.
• “All Files”: Copy all images.
To copy all images, simply touch “All Files.”
4. The message according to the selected option will appear. Touch “Yes.”
• After completion, selected images will be copied.
• Touch “Cancel” to cancel during image copying.
• It operates identically in the full image display.
• You can not copy a file if the memory card has insufficient free space.
Remove unnecessary files before proceeding. page 100
• You can copy only as many files as the total size is less than the free space of the memory card.
If the size of the files that you want to copy is larger than the free space, you will see an error message.
• When you copy a photo image which has Print Mark on it, the copied one will lose the Print Mark.
• Be sure to connect AC power adaptor when using copy function.
image management
Remaining free space in the
destination memory card
2 / 2
Copy
File Info
Edit
Protect
Copy
1 / 1
Select Files
All Files
Copy
1 / 2
Remain:2GB
102_ English
You can print photo images by inserting the DPOF setting card to a DPOF-compatible printer or connecting the HD
camcorder to the PictBridge printer.
DPOF PRINT SETTING
• Print Mark (DPOF) can be set only on photo images stored in the memory card.
• This function works only in Play mode. page 20
• This HD camcorder is compatible with DPOF (Digital Print Order Format).
You can set which images to be printed and the number of prints with this HD camcorder.
This feature is useful to print with a DPOF-compatible printer or when bringing storage media to a photo lab for
printing.
1. Touch the Photo ( ) tab.
2. Touch the Menu ( ) tab Settings ( ) tab “Storage Type” “Card.”
(HMX-H104BP/HMX-H105BP/HMX-H1052BP/HMX-H106SP/HMX-H1062SP only)
3. Touch the Menu ( ) tab “Print Mark (DPOF).”
4. Touch the desired option tab on the screen (“Select Files,” “Set All” or “Reset All”).
• “Select Files”: Print-marks individual images.
Touch images to select them for printing.
The ( 01) indicator is displayed on the selected images.
Touching the photo thumbnail image toggles between the photo thumbnail image
being selected for printing (the ( 01) indicator appears on image) or not (the ( 01)
indicator is removed from image).
Touch the OK ( ) tab.
• “Set All”: Print-marks all images.
Simply touch “Set All.”
• “Reset All”: Removes the print mark.
Simply touch “Reset All.”
5. The message according to the selected option will appear. Touch “Yes.”
printing photo images
2 / 2
File Info
Print Mark (DPOF)
Copy
Print Mark (DPOF)
Select Files
Set All
1 / 1 Reset All
Print Mark (DPOF)
1 / 2
01 01
01
English _103
Setting the number of copies to print
• You can set the number of prints in the single display view only.
• Select the photo image to print in the single display mode, and touch the Menu ( )
tab “Print Mark (DPOF)” decrease ( ) or increase ( ) tab (select the number of
prints).
Up to 99 copies can be set to print of each image.
• It operates identically in the full image display (single image displayed on the screen).
• Print marked photo images will show the ( ) indicator when they are displayed.
• The “Reset All” and “Set All” options may take a long time depending on the number of stored images.
DIRECT PRINTING WITH A PICTBRIDGE PRINTER
• This function works only in Play mode. page 20
• If your printer is compatible with PictBridge, photo images can
be printed easily by connecting the camcorder with the USB
cable directly to the printer. DPOF setting can also be used.
page 102
NOTICE: After selecting “PictBridge” in the menu, connect the
USB cable.
1. Set the “USB Connect” to “PictBridge.” page 89
2. Connect your HD camcorder to the printer using the provided
USB cable.
3. Turn your printer power on.
• The thumbnail index view of the photo image will appear.
4. Touch a photo image to print, then touch the Print ( ) tab.
• To search for a photo image, touch the previous image ( ) or next image ( ) tab.
• The message “Print ?” will appear.
5. Touch “Yes.”
• The selected photo image will be printed.
• After the connection, the easy printing menu will display on the LCD screen. To display the PictBridge menu,
touch the Menu ( ) tab. For more information about the PictBridge menu, refer to page 104.
HD camcorder
PictBridge
100_0001
1 / 12
02
PictBridge
1 / 2
104_ English
Setting the number of copies to print
Touch the decrease ( ) or increase ( ) tab to select the number of prints.
• If the image moves to the previous or next, the number of copies is reset.
To cancel print setting
Touch the Return ( ) tab on the screen.
To stop printing after printing starts
The confirmation screen appears while printing.
Touch “Cancel” on the screen.
PictBridge menu
Setting the date/time imprint option
Touch the Menu ( ) tab “Date/Time” “Off,” “Date,” “Time,” or
“Date & Time” Return ( ) tab.
To print using the DPOF setting
If the printer is compatible with DPOF, you can use the DPOF setting. page 102
• If the printer is not recognised, or to print again after direct printing with a PictBridge printer,
remove the USB cable, select “PictBridge” in the menu again, and then reconnect the cable.
• The date/time imprint option may not be supported by all printers.
Check with your printer manufacturer.
The “Date/Time” menu cannot be setup if the printer does not support this option.
• PictBridge™ is a registered trademark of CIPA (Camera & Imaging Products Association),
an image transfer standard developed by Canon, Fuji, HP, Olympus, Seiko Epson, and Sony.
• Use the USB cable provided with the HD camcorder.
• Use the AC power adaptor for your HD camcorder during PictBridge direct printing.
Turning your HD camcorder off during printing might damage data on the storage media.
• Movie images are not available for printing.
• You can set various printing options depending on the printer. Please refer to the user manual
of the printer for details.
• Do not remove USB cable or memory card during printing.
• You may not print photo images recorded on other devices.
printing photo images
Date/Time
1 / 1
1 / 1
Date
Date & Time
Time
Off
Date/Time
100_0001
1 / 12
01
English _105
Using a computer
This chapter explains how to connect the camcorder to a computer using the USB cable.
Read this chapter carefully and be free from your burden of handling two devices at the same time.
CHECKING YOUR COMPUTER TYPE
To view your recordings on a computer, you need to check your computer type first.
Editing software is stored in this camcorder. Connecting the camcorder to a Windows computer using USB cable runs
the editing software application. The application enables playback, editing and sharing of the recordings.
If you are using a Windows PC
Connect your camcorder to the computer using the USB cable.
• The built-in editing software, Intelli-studio runs automatically once
the camcorder is connected to a Windows computer.
(When you specify “PC Software: On”). page 88
Play back or edit your recordings on the computer using the built-
in Intelli-studio application. page 109
You can also upload your recordings to YouTube or other web
sites using the Intelli-studio. page 110
106_ English
Using a computer
WHAT YOU CAN DO WITH A WINDOWS COMPUTER
You can enjoy the following operations by connecting your camcorder to your Windows computer via the USB cable.
Main Functions
• By using the built-in ‘Intelli-studio’ editing software on your camcorder, you can enjoy the following operations.
- Playing back recorded videos or photos. page 109
- Editing recorded videos or photos. page 109
- Uploading the recorded videos and photos to YouTube or Flickr, etc. page 110
• You can transfer or copy the fles (videos and photos) saved on the storage media into your computer.
(the Mass Storage function) page 112
System Requirements
The following requirements must be satisfed to use the built-in editing software (Intelli-studio):
Item Requirement
OS Microsoft Windows XP SP2 or Vista
CPU
Intel® Core 2 Duo® 1.66 GHz or higher recommended,
AMD Athlon™ X2 Dual-Core 2.2 GHz or higher recommended
(Notebook: Intel Core2 Duo 2.2GHz or AMD Athlon X2 Dual-Core 2.6GHz or higher recommended)
RAM 1 GB and above recommended
Video Card
nVIDIA Geforce 7600GT or higher,
Ati X1600 series or higher
Display 1024 x 768, 16-bit colour or higher (1280 x 1024, 32-bit colour recommended)
USB USB 2.0
DirectX DirectX 9.0c or higher
• System requirements mentioned above are recommendations. Even on a system that satisfes the requirements, operation is not
ensured depending on the system.
• On a slower computer than recommended, video playback may skip frames or operate unexpectedly.
• When the version of DirectX on your computer is lower than 9.0c, install the programme with the version of 9.0c or higher.
• It is recommended to transfer the recorded video data to a PC before playing back or editing the video data.
• For doing this, a laptop computer requires higher system requirements than a desktop PC.
English _107
USING THE Intelli-studio PROGRAMME
Using the Intelli-studio programme built-in your camcorder, you can transfer video/photo files onto your PC and edit
them on your computer. Intelli-studio offers the most convenient way for you to manage video/photo files by using
the simple the USB cable connection between the camcorder and your PC.
Step 1. Connecting the USB cable
1. Set “USB Connect” to “Mass Storage.” page 89
2. Set “PC Software” to “On.” page 88
3. Connect the HD camcorder to the PC with the USB cable.
• A new fi le saving screen appears with the Intelli-studio main window.
• According to your computer type, the corresponding removable disk window
appears. If you do not want to use it, select “Cancel.”
4. Click “Yes,” the uploading procedure will be complete and the following pop up ploading procedure will be complete and the following pop up
window appears. Click “Yes” to confirm.
• If you do not want to save a new file, select new file, select file, select “No.”
• Use the provided USB cable. (Supplied by Samsung)
• Don’t apply excessive force when inserting or extracting the USB cable into/from a USB jack.
• Insert a USB after checking the direction of its insertion is correct.
• We recommend using the AC power adaptor as the power supply instead of the battery pack.
• When the USB cable is connected, turning the camcorder on or off may cause the PC to malfunction
• If you disconnect the USB cable from the PC or the camcorder while transferring, the data transmission will stop and the data may be
damaged.
• If you connect the USB cable to a PC via a USB HUB or simultaneously connect the USB cable along with other USB devices, the
camcorder may not work properly. If this occurs, remove all USB devices from the PC and reconnect the camcorder.
• According to your computer type, the Intelli-studio programme may not automatically run. In this case, open the desired CD-ROM drive
that has the Intelli-studio programme in My Computer and run iStudio.exe.
• When a USB cable is connected, if you have EmoDio (Samsung’s MP3 player software) installed on your computer, the EmoDio
software may load first.
To disconnect the USB cable
After completing the data transfer, make sure to disconnect the cable in the following ways:
1. Click the “Safely Remove Hardware icon” icon on the taskbar.
2. Select “USB Mass Storage Device,” and then click “Stop.”
3. If the “Stop a Hardware device” window appears, click “OK.”
4. Disconnect the USB cable from the camcorder and PC.
108_ English
Using a computer
Step 2. About the Intelli-studio main window
• When the Intelli-studio starts up, thumbnails of videos and photos are display in the main window.
¯ Menu items
¯ Selects the Desktop or Favourite on the PC.
¯ Slide show of the photo files from the PC.
Playback of the video files from the PC.
· Switches to the Library of the PC and connected camcorder.
' Switches to Edit mode.
' Switches to Share mode.
¯ Changes the size of thumbnails.
Displays all files (videos and photos).
Displays video files only.
Displays photo files only.
Sorts the files.
' Imports folders from your PC.
º Selects the connected camcorder or storage.
1 Saves new files to your PC.
¹ Slide show of the photo files from the connected camcorder.
Playback of the video files from the connected camcorder.
1 Saves the selected file to your PC.
1 Moves the file selected in the PC to the Edit mode.
Moves the file(s) selected in the PC to the Share mode.
1 Moves the file(s) selected in the connected camcorder
to the Share mode.
¯ ¯ · ' ' ¯
1 1
¯
' º ¹ 1 1
English _109
Step 3. Playing back videos (or photos)
• You can play back recordings conveniently using the Intelli-studio application.
1. Run the Intelli-studio programme. page 107
2. Click the desired folder to display your recordings.
• Video (or photo) thumbnails appear on the screen, according to the selected
source.
3. Select the video that you want to play, and then click the “Player” icon on the
bottom side of the screen.
• Playback starts and playback controls appear.
• You can also double-click the video (or photo) thumbnail to start playback.
The following is the file format supportable in Intelli-studio:
- Video formats: MP4 (Video: H.264, Audio: AAC), WMV (WMV 7/8/9)
- Photo formats: JPG, GIF, BMP, PNG, TIFF
Step 4. Editing videos (or photos)
With Intelli-studio, you can edit the videos or photos in various ways.
• Select the video (or photo) that you want to edit, and then click the “EDIT” icon.
110_ English
Using a computer
Step 5. Sharing video/photo images online
Share your contents with the world, by uploading photos and videos directly to a web
site with on click.
1. Click the “SHARE” on the browser.
2. Click the “Add” and move the video or photo (drag and drop) to the sharing window
for upload.
• The selected file appears on the sharing window.
3. Click the website you would like to upload files to.
• You can choose the “YouTube
®
,” “Flickr
®
,” or the specified website you want to
set for your uploading management.
4. Click the “Upload to Share Site” to start uploading.
• A pop up window appears asking your ID and the password.
5. Enter your web log-in information to access.
• Access to the web site contents can be limited depending on your web access environment.
For more information about Intelli-studio use, see the Help Guide by clicking “Menu”  “Help.”
English _111
Installing Intelli-studio application on the Windows computer
• When the Intelli-studio application is installed on a Windows computer, it will run faster after connecting the
camcorder to your computer. Moreover, the application can be updated automatically and run directly in the
Windows computer.
• The Intelli-studio application can be installed on a Windows computer as follows:
Click the “Menu” “Install Intelli-studio on PC” on the Intelli-studio screen.
'
¯ ¯
' ·
¯
112_ English
USING AS A REMOVABLE STORAGE DEVICE
You can transfer or copy recorded data to a Windows computer by connecting the USB cable to the camcorder.
Step 1. Viewing the contents of storage media
1. Set the “USB Connect” to “Mass Storage.” page 89
2. Set “PC Software” to “Off.” page 88
3. Check out the storage media.
(If you want to record on a memory card, insert the memory card.)
(HMX-H104BP/HMX-H105BP/HMX-H1052BP/HMX-H106SP/HMX-H1062SP
only) page 27
4. Connect the HD camcorder to the PC with the USB cable. page 107
• The “Removable Disk” or “Samsung” window appears on the PC’s screen
after a moment.
• The removable disk appears when connecting a USB.
• Select “Open folders to view files using Windows Explorer” and click “OK.”
5. The folders in the storage media appear.
• Different file types are stored in different folders.
• If the “Removable Disk” window does not appear, confirm the
connection (page 107) or perform steps 1 and 2 again.
• When the removable disk does not appear automatically, open the
removable disk folder of My Computer.
• If the connected camcorder’s disk drive does not open or the context
menu that appears when right clicking your Mouse (open or browse)
appears broken, your computer is suspected to be infected by Autorun
virus. Install the vaccine or update to the latest version.
VIDEO
MUSIC
Photo image files Movie image files
Setting data
English _113
Using a computer
Structure of folders and files on the storage media
• The folder and file structure for storage media is as follows:
• Don’t arbitrarily change or remove the folder or file name. It may not be playable.
• The file naming follows DCF (Design rule for Camera File System).
Video file (H.264) 
• The HD-quality (1920x1080 50i or 1280x720 50p) movie images have
HDV_####.MP4 format.
• The SD-quality movie images have SDV_####.MP4 format.
• The file number automatically increases when a new movie image file is created.
• Up to 9999 files are created in 999 folders.
• A new folder is created when more than 999~1000 files are created.
Photo file 
• As in movie image files, the file number automatically increases when a new
image file is created.
• The maximum file number allowed is the same as in movie image files.
• A new folder stores files from CAM_0001.JPG.
• The folder name increases in the order of 100PHOTO  101PHOTO etc.
• Up to 9999 files are created in 999 folders. A new folder is created when more than 999~1000 files are
created.
SDV_0001.MP4
DCIM
VIDEO
100PHOTO
SDV_0002.MP4
SDV_0003.MP4
HDV_0001.MP4
HDV_0002.MP4
HDV_0003.MP4
CAM_0001.JPG
CAM_0002.JPG
100VIDEO
1
2
114_ English
Image format
Movie image
• Movie images are compressed in H.264 format. The file extension is “.MP4.”
• The image size is 1920X1080 (HD), 1280x720 (HD), or 720x576 (SD). page 60
Photo image
• Photo images are compressed in JPEG (Joint Photographic Experts Group) format. The file extension is “.JPG.”
• The image size is 2880x1620 or 1920x1080. page 61
• When the 9999th file is created in the 999th folder (i.e. HDV_9999.MP4 is created in the 999VIDEO folder),
a new folder cannot be created anymore. Set “File No.” to “Reset” at this time.
• The name of a movie file recorded by the camcorder should not be modified, since proper playback by the
camcorder requires original folder and file naming convention.
Step 2. Transferring files from the camcorder to your Windows computer
You can copy the movie and photo images to your PC and play them back.
1. Execute the procedure in “Viewing the contents of
storage media.” page 112
• The folders in the storage media appear.
2. Create a new folder, enter the folder name, then
doubleclick it.
3. Select the folder to copy, then drag and drop it into
the destination folder.
• The folder is copied from the storage media
(memory card (all models) or built-in memory) to
the PC.
English _115
MAINTENANCE
Your HD camcorder is a product of superior design and craftsmanship and should be treated with care.
The suggestions below will help you fulfill any warranty obligations and allow you to enjoy this product for many years.
• For safekeeping of the HD camcorder, turn it off.
- Remove the battery pack and AC power adaptor. pages 14,18
- Remove the memory card. page 28
Cautions when storing
• Do not leave the HD camcorder in a place where the temperature is very high for a long period of time:
The temperature inside a closed vehicle or trunk can become very high in hot weather. If you leave the HD camcorder in
such a place, it could malfunction or the case could be damaged. Do not expose the HD camcorder to direct sunlight or
place it near a heater.
• Do not store the HD camcorder in a place where the humidity is high or in a dusty place:
Dust entering the HD camcorder could cause a malfunction. If humidity is high, the lens could become moldy, and the HD
camcorder could become inoperative. It is recommended that you put the HD camcorder in a box together with a small
silica bag when storing it in a closet, etc.
• Do not store the HD camcorder in a place subject to strong magnetism or intense vibration:
This could cause malfunctions.
• Detach the battery pack from the HD camcorder and store it in a cool place:
Leaving the battery pack attached or storing it at high temperature could shorten its life.
Cleaning the HD camcorder
Before cleaning, turn off the HD camcorder and remove the battery pack and AC power adaptor.
• To clean the exterior
- Wipe gently with a soft dry cloth. Do not apply excessive force when cleaning, gently rub the surface.
- Do not use benzene or thinner to clean the camcorder. The coating of exterior could peel off or the case could
deteriorate.
• To clean the LCD screen
Wipe gently with a soft dry cloth. Be careful not to damage the monitor.
• To clean the lens
Use an optional air blower to blow out dirt and other small objects. Do not wipe the lens with cloth or your fingers. If
necessary, wipe gently with lens cleaning paper.
- Mold may form if the lens is left dirty.
- If the Screen looks dim, turn off the HD camcorder and leave it for about 1 hour.
maintenance & additional information
116_ English
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Storage media
• Be sure to follow the guidelines below to prevent corruption or damage to your recorded data.
- Do not bend or drop the storage media, or subject it to strong pressure, jolts or vibrations.
- Do not splash the storage media with water.
- Do not use, replace, or store the storage media in locations that are exposed to strong static electricity or
electrical noise.
- Do not turn off the camcorder power or remove the battery or AC power adaptor during recording, playback,
or when otherwise accessing the storage media.
- Do not bring the storage media near objects that have a strong magnetic field or that emit strong
electromagnetic waves.
- Do not store the storage media in locations with high temperature or high humidity.
- Do not touch the metal parts.
• Copy the recorded files to your PC. Samsung shall not be responsible for any lost data.
(It is recommended that you copy the data from your PC to other media for storage.)
• A malfunction may cause the storage media to fail to operate properly. Samsung will not provide any
compensation for any lost contents.
• Refer to pages 27-31 for details.
LCD screen
• To prevent damage to the LCD screen
- Do not push it too hard or knock it on anything.
- Do not place the camcorder with the LCD screen on the bottom.
• To prolong service life, avoid rubbing it with a coarse cloth.
• Be aware of the following phenomena for LCD screen use. They are not malfunctions.
- While using the camcorder, the surface around the LCD screen may heat up.
- If you leave power on for a long time, the surface around the LCD screen becomes hot.
English _117
Battery packs
The supplied battery pack is a lithium-ion battery. Before using the supplied battery pack or an optional battery pack, be sure to
read the following cautions:
• To avoid hazards
- Do not burn.
- Do not short-circuit the terminals. When transporting, carry the battery in a plastic bag.
- Do not modify or disassemble.
- Do not expose the battery to temperatures exceeding 60°C (140°F), as this may cause the battery to overheat, explode or 60°C (140°F), as this may cause the battery to overheat, explode or (140°F), as this may cause the battery to overheat, explode or 140°F), as this may cause the battery to overheat, explode or ), as this may cause the battery to overheat, explode or
catch fire.
• To prevent damage and prolong service life
- Do not subject to unnecessary shock.
- Charge in an environment where temperatures are within the tolerances shown below.
This is a chemical reaction type battery - cooler temperatures impede chemical reaction, while warmer temperatures can
prevent complete charging.
- Store in a cool, dry place. Extended exposure to high temperatures will increase natural discharge and shorten service life.
- Fully charge and then fully discharge the battery every 6 months when storing the battery pack over a long time period.
- Remove from your camcorder when not in use, as these components may use current even when switched off.
• We recommended only using genuine Samsung batteries in this camcorder. Using generic non-Samsung batteries can
cause damage to the internal charging circuitry.
• It is normal for the battery pack to be warm after charging, or after use.
• Temperature range specifications
Charging: 10°C to 35°C (50°F to 95°F) / Operation: 0°C to 40°C (32°F to 104°F) / Storage: -20°C to 60°C (-4°F to 140°F) 10°C to 35°C (50°F to 95°F) / Operation: 0°C to 40°C (32°F to 104°F) / Storage: -20°C to 60°C (-4°F to 140°F) (50°F to 95°F) / Operation: 0°C to 40°C (32°F to 104°F) / Storage: -20°C to 60°C (-4°F to 140°F) 50°F to 95°F) / Operation: 0°C to 40°C (32°F to 104°F) / Storage: -20°C to 60°C (-4°F to 140°F) ) / Operation: 0°C to 40°C (32°F to 104°F) / Storage: -20°C to 60°C (-4°F to 140°F) 0°C to 40°C (32°F to 104°F) / Storage: -20°C to 60°C (-4°F to 140°F) (32°F to 104°F) / Storage: -20°C to 60°C (-4°F to 140°F) 32°F to 104°F) / Storage: -20°C to 60°C (-4°F to 140°F) ) / Storage: -20°C to 60°C (-4°F to 140°F) -20°C to 60°C (-4°F to 140°F) (-4°F to 140°F) -4°F to 140°F) )
• The lower the temperature, the longer recharging takes.
• Refer to pages 17-18 for details.
On charging the built-in rechargeable battery
Your camcorder has a built-in rechargeable battery to retain the date, time, and other settings even when the power switch is set
to off. The built-in rechargeable battery is always charged while your camcorder is connected to the wall outlet via the AC power
adaptor or while the battery pack is attached. The rechargeable battery will be fully discharged in about 6 months if you do not use
your camcorder at all. Use your camcorder after charging the built-in rechargeable battery.
However, even if the built-in rechargeable battery is not charged, the camcorder operation will not be affected as long as you are
not recording the date.
maintenance & additional information
118_ English
USING YOUR HD CAMCORDER ABROAD
• Each country or region has its own electric and colour systems.
• Before using your HD camcorder abroad, check the following items.
• Power sources
TheprovidedACadaptorfeaturesautomaticvoltageselectionintheACrangefrom100Vto240V.
Youcanuseyourcamcorderinanycountries/regionsusingtheACpoweradaptorsuppliedwithyourcamcorder
withintheAC100Vto240V,50/60Hzrange.
UseacommerciallyavailableACplugadaptor,ifnecessary,dependingonthedesignofthewalloutlet.
• Viewing images recorded with HD (high defnition) image resolution
Incountries/regionswhere1080/50iissupported,youcanviewtheimageswiththesameHD(highdefnition)
imageresolutionasthatoftherecordedimages.YouneedanPAL-system-basedand1080/50icompatibleTV(or
monitor)withanHDMIorComponentcableconnected.
• Viewing images recorded with SD (standard defnition) image resolution
ToviewimagesrecordedwithSD(standarddefnition)imageresolutionyouneedanPAL-system-basedTVwith
Audio/Video,ComponentorHDMIinputjacks,andanHDMIcable,Component/AVcableconnected.
• On TV colour systems
YourcamcorderisanPAL-system-basedcamcorder.
IfyouwanttoviewyourrecordingsonaTVortocopyittoanexternaldevice,itmustbeanPAL-system-based
TVoranexternaldeviceandhavetheappropriateconnectionjacks.Otherwise,youmayneedtouseaseparate
videoformattranscoder(PAL-NTSCformatconverter).
TheformattranscoderisnotprovidedbySamsung.
PAL-compatible countries/regions
Australia,Austria,Belgium,Bulgaria,China,CIS,CzechRepublic,Denmark,Egypt,Finland,France,Germany,
Greece,GreatBritain,Holland,HongKong,Hungary,India,Iran,Iraq,Kuwait,Libya,Malaysia,Mauritius,Norway,
Romania,SaudiArabia,Singapore,SlovakRepublic,Spain,Sweden,Switzerland,Syria,Thailand,Tunisia,etc.
NTSC-compatible countries/regions
Bahamas,Canada,CentralAmerica,Japan,Korea,Mexico,Philippines,Taiwan,UnitedStatesofAmerica,etc.
YoucanmakerecordingswithyourHDcamcorderandviewpicturesontheLCDscreenfromanywherein
theworld.
English _119
TROUBLESHOOTING
Before contacting a Samsung authorised service centre, perform the following simple checks.
They may save you the time and expense of an unnecessary call.
Warning indicators and messages
Battery pack
Message Icon Informs that... Action
Low Battery - The battery pack is almost discharged.
• Replace with a charged battery or connect the
AC power adaptor.
Storage media
Message Icon Informs that... Action
Memory Full
There is not enough space to record on
the built-in memory.
• Delete unnecessary files on the built-in memory.
• Back-up files to your PC or another storage
media and delete files.
• Use a memory card.
Insert Card
There is no memory card inserted in
the memory card slot.
• Insert a memory card.
• Use the built-in memory.
Card Full
There is not enough space to record on
the memory card.
• Delete unnecessary files on the memory card.
• Back-up files to your PC or another storage
media and delete files.
• Use the bulit-in memory.
• Change another memory card which has
enough free space.
Card Locked
The write protection tab on an SD or
SDHC card has been set to lock.
• Release write protection tab.
troubleshooting
120_ English
Message Icon Informs that... Action
Unknown Error -
The memory card cannot be
recognised in cases of Card Error, Not
Formatted or Not Supported Card.
• Insert the proper memory card that has a Insert the proper memory card that has a Insert the proper memory card that has a
supported file format.
Card Error
The memory card has some problem
and can not be recognised.
• Change memory card to another one.
Not Formatted The memory card is not formatted. • Format the memory card using menu item.
Not Supported Format
The memory card may have been
formatted by another device and may
still have existing images on it.
• The image format is not supported.
Check the supported file format. page 82
• Format the memory card using menu item.
Not Supported Card
The memory card is not supported in
this camcorder.
• Change the memory card with the one
recommended.
Low speed card. Please
record a lower Resolution.
-
The memory card does not have
enough performance to record.
• Record movie at a lower resolution.
• Change memory card to faster one. page 28
Recording
Message Icon Informs that... Action
Write Error -
Some problem occured while writing
data to storage media.
• Format storage media using menus after backing-
up important files to your PC or another storage
media.
Release the EASY.Q -
You can not operate some functions
manually when EASY Q is activated.
• Release EASY Q function.
Recovering Data… The file was not created normally.
• Wait until data recovery is finished.
• Never turn off the power and eject memory card
during recording.
Activate remote control. Remote function was set to off. • Set “Remote” function to “On.”
Number of video files is
full. Cannot record video.
-
Folder and files have reached capacity
and you can not record.
• Set “File No.” to “Reset” and format the storage
media.
Number of photo files is
full. Cannot take a photo.
-
Folder and files have reached capacity
and you can not take a picture.
• Set “File No.” to “Reset” and format the storage
media.
English _121
Playback
Message Icon Informs that... Action
Not enough free space in
Memory.
-
File editing functions can not be
performed because there is not enough
free space in the built-in memory.
• Delete unnecessary files on the storage media.
• Back-up files to PC or another storage media
and delete files.
Not enough free space in
Card.
-
File editing functions can not be
performed because there is not enough
free space in the memory card.
• Delete unnecessary files on the storage media.
• Back-up files to PC or another storage media
and delete files.
Read Error -
Some problems occurred when
reading data from storage media.
• Format storage media using menus after backing
up important files to PC or another storage
device.
USB
Message Icon Informs that... Action
Fail Printer Connecting -
A problem occurred when connecting
the camcorder via USB to a printer.
• Check the USB cable.
• Try the connecting procedure again.
• Switch “USB Connect” function to “Mass
Storage.”
Fail USB Connecting -
A problem occurred when connecting
the camcorder via USB to a PC.
• Check the USB cable.
• Try the connecting procedure again.
• Switch “USB Connect” function to “PictBridge.”
Ink Error -
There is a problem with the ink
cartridge.
• Check the ink cartridge.
• Put a new ink cartridge in the printer.
Paper Error - There is a problem with the paper.
• Check the paper in the printer. If there is no paper,
insert the paper.
troubleshooting
122_ English
Message Icon Informs that... Action
File Error - There is a problem with the file.
• Your HD camcorder does not support this file
format.
• Try another file recorded on your HD camcorder.
Printer Error - There is a problem with the printer.
• Turn the printer’s power off and on.
• Contact the printer manufacturer’s service centre.
Print Error - A problem occurred during printing.
• Do not remove power source or eject memory card
during printing.
CAUTION
When there is dew condensation, put the camcorder aside for a while before using
• What is dew condensation?
Dew condensation happens when a HD camcorder is moved to a place where there is a significant temperature difference
from the previous place. The dew condenses on the external or internal lenses of the HD camcorder, and on the reflection
lens. When this happens, it may cause a malfunction or damage to the HD camcorder when using the device with the
power on while there is dew condensation.
• What can I do?
Turn the power off and detach the battery pack, and leave it in a dry area for 1~2 hours before using it.
• When does the dew condensation occur?
When the device is relocate d to a place with a higher temperature than the previous location, or when using it in a hot area
suddenly, it will cause condensation.
- When recording outside in cold weather during the winter and then using it in indoors.
- When recording outside in hot weather after being indoors or inside a car where the A/C was running.
Note before sending your camcorder for repair.
• If these instructions do not solve your problem, contact your nearest Samsung authorised service centre.
• Depending on the problem, the built-in memory may need to be initialized or replaced and the data will be deleted.
Be sure to back up the data on your PC before sending your camcorder to repair.
Samsung cannot guarantee any loss of your data.
English _123
troubleshooting
+ If these instructions do not solve your problem, contact your nearest Samsung authorised service centre.
Symptoms and solutions
Power
Symptom Explanation/Solution
The HD camcorder does not turn on.
• The battery pack may not be installed on your HD camcorder.
Insert a battery pack to the HD camcorder.
• The inserted battery pack may be discharged.
Charge the battery pack or replace it with a charged one.
• If you use the AC power adaptor, make sure it is properly connected to a wall
outlet.
The power turns off automatically.
• Is “Auto Power Off” set to “5 Min”? If no button is pressed for about 5 minutes,
the HD camcorder is automatically turned off (“Auto Power Off”). To disable this
option, change the setting of “Auto Power Off” to “Off.” page 87
• The battery pack is almost exhausted. Charge the battery pack or replace it with a
charged one.
Power cannot be turned off.
• Remove the battery pack or unplug AC power adaptor, and connect the power
supply to the camcorder again before turning it on.
The battery pack is quickly discharged.
• The temperature is too low.
• The battery pack is not fully charged. Charge the battery pack again.
• The battery pack reached its lifespan and cannot be recharged.
Use another battery pack.
124_ English
Displays
Symptom Explanation/Solution
The TV screen or LCD display has distorted
images.
• It can occur when recording or viewing a 16:9-ratio image on a 4:3-ratio TV, or vice
versa. For more details, see the display specification.
page 51
Unknown image appears on the LCD
screen.
• The HD camcorder is in the demo mode. If you do not want to see the demo
image, change the setting “Demo” to “Off.” page 92
Unknown indicator appears on the screen.
• A warning indicator or message appears on the screen.
pages 119-122
The afterimage remains on the LCD
screen.
• This occurs if you disconnect the AC power adaptor or remove the battery pack
before turning the power off.
The image on the LCD screen looks dark. • Ambient light too bright. Adjust the brightness and angle of LCD.
Recording
Symptom Explanation/Solution
Pressing the Recording start/stop button
does not start recording.
• Press the MODE button to set Record mode. page 20
• There is not enough free space to record on the storage media.
• Check if memory card is not inserted or write-protect tab is set to lock.
The actual recording time is less than the
estimated recording time.
• The estimated recording time may vary depending on content and features used.
• Recording a fast-moving subject increases the bit rate and consequently the
amount of storage space required for the recording, which can lead to a shorter
available recording time.
The recording stops automatically.
• There is no more free space for recording on the storage media. Back up important
files on your PC and format the storage media or delete the unnecessary files.
• If you make recordings or delete files frequently, the performance of the storage
media will be deteriorated. In this case, format the storage media again.
• If you use the memory card with low writing speed, the HD camcorder
automatically stops recording the movie images and the corresponding message
appears on the LCD screen.
English _125
Symptom Explanation/Solution
When recording a subject illuminated by
bright light, a vertical line appears.
• This is not a malfunction.
When the screen is exposed to direct
sunlight during recording, the screen
becomes red or black for an instant.
• This is not a malfunction.
During recording, the date/time does not
display.
• “Date/Time Display” is set to “Off.” Set the “Date/Time Display” to On.
page 85
You cannot record a photo image.
• Set your HD camcorder to Record mode. page 20
• Release the lock on the write-protection tab of the memory card if any.
• The storage media is full. Use a new memory card or format the storage media.
page 82
Or remove unnecessary images. page 100
The shutter sound is not heard when you
record a photo image.
• Set “Shutter Sound” to “On.”
The beep sound is not heard.
• Set “Beep Sound” to “On.”
• Beep sound is temporally off while recording movies.
There is a time difference between
the point where you press Recording
start/stop button and the point where the
recorded movie starts/stops.
• On your camcorder, there may be a slight time delay between the point when you
press Recording start/stop button and the actual point where the recorded movie
starts/stops. This is not an error.
troubleshooting
126_ English
Storage Media
Symptom Explanation/Solution
Memory card functions are not operable.
• Insert a memory card into your camcorder properly. page 28
• If you use a memory card formatted on a computer, format it again directly on your
camcorder. page 82
Image cannot be deleted.
• Release the lock on the write-protect tab of the memory card, if any. page 30
• You cannot move or delete the protected images. Release the protection of the
image on the device. page 99
You cannot format the memory card.
• Release the lock on the write-protect tab of the memory card, if any. page 30
• The memory card is not supported on your camcorder or the card has some
problems.
The data file name is not indicated
correctly.
• The file may be corrupted.
• The file format is not supported by your HD camcorder.
• Only the file name is displayed if the directory structure complies with the
international standard.
Adjusting the image during recording
Symptom Explanation/Solution
Focus does not adjust automatically.
• Set “Focus” to “Auto.” page 69
• The recording conditions are not suitable for auto focus.
Adjust the focus manually. page 69
• The lens is dusty on the surface. Clear the lens and check the focus.
• Recording is being made in a dark location.
Use a light to brighten the area.
The image appears too bright or flickering,
or changes in colour.
• This may occur when you make a recording under a fluorescent sodium or mercury
lamp. Cancel “iSCENE” to avoid or minimize this phenomenon.
page 59
Image’s colour balance is not natural.
• White balance adjustment is required. Adjust to the proper “White Balance.”
page 62
The subject may appear bent when
passing through the frame quickly.
• This is called the focal plane phenomenon. This is not a malfunction. Because
of the way the image device (CMOS sensor) reads out video signals, the subject
passing by the frame rapidly may appear to bend, depending on the recording
condition.
English _127
Playback on your HD camcorder
Symptom Explanation/Solution
Playback (Play/Pause) function does not
work.
• Image files recorded using another device may not be played on your HD
camcorder.
• Check out the memory card compatibility. page 30
Photo images stored on a storage media
are not displayed in the actual size.
• Photo images recorded on other device may not appear in the actual size.
This is not an error.
Playback is interrupted unexpectedly. • Check if the AC power adaptor or battery back is properly connected and secure.
Playback on other devices (TV, etc)
Symptom Explanation/Solution
You cannot view the image or hear the
sound from the connected device.
• Connect the audio of the Component/AV to your camcorder or connected device
(TV, HD recorder, etc). (Red colour- right, White colour- left)
• The connection cable (HDMI, Component/AV cable, etc) is not connected properly.
Make sure that the connection cable is connected to the proper jack.
pages 48-50
• This HD camcorder provides the two-in-one component/AV cable that fits This HD camcorder provides the two-in-one component/AV cable that fits This HD camcorder provides the two-in-one component/AV cable that fits
the purpose of the component and the AV cable. Therefore, when using the
component/AV cable, you must check the right method for the TV output by
setting the “Analogue TV Out” menu. page 89
The image appears distorted on a TV. • This phenomenon is caused by connecting to the TV with 4:3 aspect ratio.
You cannot view the image or hear the
sound from a TV connected using the
HDMI cable.
• Images will not be output from the HDMI jack if the material is copyright protected.
troubleshooting
128_ English
Connecting/Dubbing with other devices (Recorder, PC, Printer, etc)
Symptom Explanation/Solution
You cannot dub correctly using the HDMI
cable.
• You cannot dub images using the HDMI cable.
You cannot dub correctly using the
Component/AV (Video, Audio L/R) cable.
• The Component/AV (Video, Audio L/R) cable is not connected properly.
Make sure that the Component/AV (Video, Audio L/R) cable is connected to the
proper jack, i.e. to the input jack of the device used for dubbing images from your
camcorder. page 52
• This HD camcorder provides the two-in-one component/AV cable that fits
the purpose of the component and the AV cable. Therefore, when using the
component/AV cable, you must check the right method for the TV output by
setting the “Analogue TV Out” menu. page 89
Printouts cannot be made using a
PictBridge printer.
• Your printer may not print images edited on a computer or recorded using other
device. This is not an error.
Connecting to a computer
Symptom Explanation/Solution
The computer does not recognise your
HD camcorder.
• Disconnect the USB cable from the computer and camcorder, restart the computer,
then connect it again correctly.
Cannot play a movie file properly on a
Windows computer.
• A video codec is needed to play the file recorded on your HD camcorder.
Install or run the built-in edit software (Intelli-studio). pages 109-111
• Make sure you insert the connector in the correct direction, and connect the USB
cable to the USB jack on your camcorder firmly.
• Disconnect the cable from the computer and camcorder, restart the computer.
Connect it again properly.
• To play back an HD video file, a computer with better specification is required.
Check a computer with recommended specification. page 106
Intelli-studio does not function properly.
• Exit the Intelli-studio application, and restart the Windows computer.
• The built-in software on your camcorder, Intelli-studio is not Macintosh compliant.
• Set “PC Software” to “On” in the Settings menu. page 88
• According to your computer type, the Intelli-studio program may not automatically
run. In this case, open the desired CD-ROM drive that has the Intelli-studio
programme in My Computer and run iStudio.exe.
English _129
Symptom Explanation/Solution
The image or sound on your camcorder
is not played on your computer properly.
• Movie playback or sound may stop temporarily depending on your computer.
The movie or sound copied to your computer is not affected.
• If your camcorder is connected to a computer that does not support Hi-speed USB
(USB2.0), the image or sound may not be played correctly. The image and sound
copied to your computer are not affected.
The playback screen is paused or
distorted.
• Check the system requirements to play a movie. page 106
• Exit other all applications running on the current computer.
• If a recorded movie is played on your camcorder connected to a computer, the image
may not play smoothly, depending on the transfer speed. Please copy the file to your
PC, and then play it back.
Overall operations
Symptom Explanation/Solution
The date and time are incorrect.
• Has the camcorder been left unused for a long period of time?
The backup built-in rechargeable battery may be discharged. page 26
The camcorder does not turn on, or does
not operate by pressing any button.
• Remove the battery pack or unplug AC power adaptor, and connect the power
supply to the camcorder again before turning it on.
Lens cover is not closed even when the
power is off.
• Lens cover is not closed if the power is not turned off by using the Power ( )
button. Turn the power off by using the Power ( ) button for about 1 second.
troubleshooting
130_ English
Menu
Symptom Explanation/Solution
Menu items are grayed out.
• You cannot select grayed items in the current recording/playback mode.
• Menu, quick menu, and Flash ( ) button cannot be used in EASY Q mode.
• The following functions cannot be used during video recording:
“Video Resolution,” “Video Quality,” “Photo Resolution,” “Photo Sharpness,” “Video Quality,” “Photo Resolution,” “Photo Sharpness,” “Photo Resolution,” “Photo Sharpness,”
“Fader,” “Cont. Shot,” “Digital Zoom,” “Self Timer,” “Time Lapse REC,”
“Storage Type (Q.MENU).”
• There are some functions you cannot activate simultaneously.
The following list shows examples of unworkable combinations of functions and
menu items.
Cannot use Because of the following settings
“iSCENE” “Aperture : Manual,” “Shutter : Manual”
Manual Aperture “Shutter : Manual,” “iSCENE”
Manual Shutter “Aperture : Manual,” “iSCENE”
“Fader,” “Video Resolution,”
“Video Quality,”
“Time Lapse REC”
English _131
specifcations
Model names: HMX-H100P/HMX-H1000P/HMX-H104BP/HMX-H105BP/HMX-H1052BP/HMX-H106SP/HMX-H1062SP
System
Video signal PAL
Picture compression format H.264 (MPEG-4.AVC)
Audio compression format AAC (Advanced Audio Coding)
Image device 1/4.1” CMOS (Complementary Metal-Oxide Semiconductor) (Max: 3.05M pixels / Effective: 2.89M pixels)
Lens F1.8 10x (Optical), 10x (Digital) Electronic zoom lens
Focal length 3.3~33mm
Filter diameter Ø37
LCD screen
Size/dot number 2.7inch wide 230k
LCD screen method TFT LCD
Connectors
Composite output 1Vp-p (75Ω terminated)
Component output Y: 1Vp-p, 75Ω, PB/PR, Cb/Cr: 0.350Vp-p, 75Ω
HDMI output C type connector
Audio output -7.5dBs (600Ω terminated)
USB output Mini-B type connector
General
Power source DC 8.4V, Lithium Ion battery pack 7.4V
Power source type Lithium Ion battery pack, Power supply (100V~240V) 50/60Hz
Power consumption
(Recording)
3.5W (LCD on)
Operating temperature 0˚~40˚C (32˚F~104˚F)
Storage temperature -20˚C ~ 60˚C (-4˚F ~ 140˚F)
External dimensions (WxHxD) 63 mm (2.48 inches) x 60.9mm (2.40 inches) x 128.6 mm (5.06 inches)
Weight 352g (0.78 lb, 12.42 oz) (Except for Lithium Ion battery pack)
Internal MIC Omni-directional stereo microphone
Remote control Indoors: greater than 15 m (49 ft) (straight line), Outdoors: about 5 m (16.4 ft) (straight line)
Storage media SSD built-in memory, memory card (SD/SDHC)
- These technical specifcations and design may be changed without notice.
contact SAMSUNG world wide
If you have any questions or comments relating to Samsung products, please contact the SAMSUNG
customer care centre.
Region Country Contact Centre  Web Site
North America
CANADA 1-800-SAMSUNG(726-7864) www.samsung.com/ca
MEXICO 01-800-SAMSUNG(726-7864) www.samsung.com/mx
U.S.A 1-800-SAMSUNG(726-7864) www.samsung.com/us
Latin America
ARGENTINE 0800-333-3733 www.samsung.com/ar
BRAZIL 0800-124-421, 4004-0000 www.samsung.com/br
CHILE 800-SAMSUNG(726-7864) www.samsung.com/cl
Nicaragua 00-1800-5077267 www.samsung.com/latin
Honduras 800-7919267 www.samsung.com/latin
COSTA RICA 0-800-507-7267 www.samsung.com/latin
ECUADOR 1-800-10-7267 www.samsung.com/latin
EL SALVADOR 800-6225 www.samsung.com/latin
GUATEMALA 1-800-299-0013 www.samsung.com/latin
JAMAICA 1-800-234-7267 www.samsung.com/latin
PANAMA 800-7267 www.samsung.com/latin
PUERTO RICO 1-800-682-3180 www.samsung.com/latin
REP. DOMINICA 1-800-751-2676 www.samsung.com/latin
TRINIDAD & TOBAGO 1-800-SAMSUNG(726-7864) www.samsung.com/latin
VENEZUELA 0-800-100-5303 www.samsung.com/latin
COLOMBIA 01-8000112112 www.samsung.com.co
Europe
BELGIUM 02 201 2418
www.samsung.com/be (Dutch)
www.samsung.com/be
_
fr (French)
CZECH REPUBLIC 800-SAMSUNG(800-726786) www.samsung.com/cz
DENMARK 8-SAMSUNG(7267864) www.samsung.com/dk
FINLAND 30-6227 515 www.samsung.com/f
FRANCE 01 4863 0000 www.samsung.com/fr
GERMANY 01805 - SAMSUNG(726-7864 € 0,14/Min) www.samsung.de
HUNGARY 06-80-SAMSUNG(726-7864) www.samsung.com/hu
ITALIA 800-SAMSUNG(726-7864) www.samsung.com/it
www.samsung.com/lu LUXEMBURG 02 261 03 710
NETHERLANDS 0900-SAMSUNG (0900-7267864) (€ 0,10/Min) www.samsung.com/nl
NORWAY 3-SAMSUNG(7267864) www.samsung.com/no
POLAND 0 801 1SAMSUNG(172678), 022-607-93-33 www.samsung.com/pl
PORTUGAL 80820-SAMSUNG(726-7864) www.samsung.com/pt
SLOVAKIA 0800-SAMSUNG(726-7864) www.samsung.com/sk
SPAIN 902-1-SAMSUNG (902 172 678) www.samsung.com/es
SWEDEN 0771 726 7864 (SAMSUNG) www.samsung.com/se
U.K 0845 SAMSUNG (7267864) www.samsung.com/uk
EIRE 0818 717 100 www.samsung.com/ie
AUSTRIA 0810-SAMSUNG(7267864, € 0.07/min) www.samsung.com/at
Switzerland 0848-SAMSUNG(7267864, CHF 0.08/min)
www.samsung.com/ch
www.samsung.com/ch_fr/(French)
LITHUANIA 8-800-77777 www.samsung.com/lt
LATVIA 8000-7267 www.samsung.com/lv
ESTONIA 800-7267 www.samsung.com/ee
CIS
RUSSIA 8-800-555-55-55 www.samsung.ru
KAZAKHSTAN 8-10-800-500-55-500 www.samsung.com/kz_ru
UZBEKISTAN 8-10-800-500-55-500 www.samsung.com/kz_ru
KYRGYZSTAN 00-800-500-55-500
TADJIKISTAN 8-10-800-500-55-500
UKRAINE 8-800-502-0000 www.samsung.ua
www.samsung.com/ua_ru Belarus 810-800-500-55-500
Moldova 00-800-500-55-500
Asia Pacifc
AUSTRALIA 1300 362 603 www.samsung.com/au
New zealand 0800 SAMSUNG (0800 726 786) www.samsung.com/nz
CHINA 400-810-5858, 010-6475 1880 www.samsung.com/cn
HONG KONG 3698-4698
www.samsung.com/hk
www.samsung.com/hk_en/
INDIA 3030 8282, 1800 110011, 1800 3000 8282 www.samsung.com/in
INDONESIA 0800-112-8888 www.samsung.com/id
MALAYSIA 1800-88-9999 www.samsung.com/my
PHILIPPINES 1-800-10-SAMSUNG(726-7864), 1-800-3-SAMSUNG(726-7864), 1-800-8-SAMSUNG(726-7864), 02-5805777 www.samsung.com/ph
SINGAPORE 1800-SAMSUNG(726-7864) www.samsung.com/sg
THAILAND 1800-29-3232, 02-689-3232 www.samsung.com/th
TAIWAN 0800-329-999 www.samsung.com/tw
VIETNAM 1 800 588 889 www.samsung.com/vn
Middle East & Africa
Turkey 444 77 11 www.samsung.com/tr
SOUTH AFRICA 0860-SAMSUNG(726-7864 ) www.samsung.com/za
U.A.E 800-SAMSUNG (726-7864), 8000-4726 www.samsung.com/ae
RoHS compliant
Our product complies with “The Restriction Of the use of certain
Hazardous Substances in electrical and electronic equipment”, and
we do not use the 6 hazardous materials- Cadmium(Cd), Lead (Pb),
Mercury (Hg), Hexavalent Chromium (Cr +6), Poly Brominated Biphenyls
(PBBs), Poly Brominated Diphenyl Ethers(PBDEs)- in our products.

key features of your HD camcorder
The HD camcorder is capable of recording and playing back both Full HD (high definition: 1920x1080) and Standard Definition (SD) image quality. Select the recording image quality, Full HD (high definition) or SD (standard definition), before recording.

ENJOYING IMAGES WITH FULL HIGH DEFINITION (HD) QUALITY
You can view recorded movies with Full HD (high definition) image quality. • This HD camcorder offers 1080i resolution with a sharper image than previous SD camcorders (576i). It also supports widescreen recording with an aspect ratio of 16:9. • Recordings made in Full HD (high definition) image quality will fit widescreen (16:9) HDTVs. If your TV is not a high definition TV, movies with HD (high definition) image quality will be displayed with SD (standard definition) image quality. - To enjoy Full HD-quality images, you will need a TV supporting 1920x1080i input. (Refer to the user manual of your TV.) - To enjoy HD-quality images, use an HDMI (optional) or Component/AV (Y/PB/PR, Audio L/R) cable. When using the Component/AV cable in a regular video connection (Video, Audio L/R) to your TV, HD-quality images cannot be viewed and are down-converted to SD (Standard Definition). • The image is recorded in 720x576p when the quality is set to SD in the HD camcorder. Movies recorded at SD (standard definition) image quality cannot be converted to HD (high definition). Full HD (high definition) image quality: 50i (interlaced) 1920 720 1080i 576i
<1080i / 16:9 Full high definition camcorder> <576i / normal digital camcorder> Image resolution: about 6 times that of previous SD camcorders (576i).

SD (standard definition) image quality: 50i (interlaced)

ii_ English

FEATURES OF YOUR NEW HD CAMCORDER
2.2 Mega pixel (Gross) CMOS sensor 1/4.1” CMOS sensor provides stunning detail and clarity with exceptional video (1920 lines of horizontal resolution-HD mode or 720 lines of horizontal resolution-SD mode) and still image performance (4.6 mega pixels). Unlike traditional CCD imagers, CMOS sensors require less power, providing better battery performance. SSD (SOLID STATE DRIVE) adopted as built-in storage media (HMX-H104BP/HMX-H105BP/HMX-H1052BP/HMX-H106SP/HMX-H1062SP only) SOLID ) SSD based on flash memory has been adopted as built-in memory for the camcorder. SSD helps the camcorder boot, read data and operate the software much faster than normal HDD (Hard Disk Drives). Also, SSD is very stable, durable and makes less noise while in operation. It is environment-friendly because low electric power is required. H.264 (MPEG4 part10/AVC) encoding The latest video compression technology, H.264 uses a high compression rate to sharply increase the recordable time with the same size storage. HDMI interface (Anynet+ supported) • If you have an HDTV with an HDMI jack, you can enjoy a clearer and sharper image when compared to a standard definition TV. • This HD camcorder supports Anynet+. Anynet+ is an AV network system that enables you to control all connected Samsung AV devices with an Anynet+ supported Samsung TV remote control. Refer to the corresponding TV’s user manual for more details.
W T

Anynet+ supported

AV

DC IN

2.7” wide (16:9) touch panel LCD screen (230K pixels) The 2.7” wide (16:9) LCD screen provides excellent viewing clarity with improved resolution. The 230K pixel LCD screen rotates up to 270 degrees for multiple viewing angles providing sharp, detailed images for monitoring or playback, and the widescreen format makes shooting in 16:9 mode and composing shots even easier. Touch panel adopted You can play recorded images and set functions by simply tapping on the LCD screen. Swivel handle for free style shooting You can adjust the swivel handle’s angle up to 180° to suit the recording situation. Built-in editing software (Intelli-studio) Editing software is stored in this camcorder. Connecting the camcorder to a Windows computer using USB cable runs the editing software application. The application enables playback, editing and sharing of the recordings. English _iii

electric shock. Batteries shall not be exposed to excessive heat such as sunshine. precautions • • Warning! This camcorder should always be connected to an AC outlet with a protective grounding connection. Caution Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced.safety warnings What the icons and signs in this user manual mean. explosion. Means that death or serious personal injury is a risk. CAUTION CAUTION To reduce the risk of fire. To disconnect the apparatus from the mains. Please follow them explicitly. WARNING Means that there is a potential risk for personal injury or material damage. keep it in a safe place for future reference. These warning signs are here to prevent injury to you and others. Replace only with the same or equivalent type. iv_ English . fire or the like. follow these basic safety precautions: Means hints or referential pages that may be helpful when operating the HD camcorder. or personal injury when using your HD camcorder. After reading this section. the plug must be pulled out from the mains socket. therefore the mains plug shall be readily operable.

for details of where and how they can take this item for environmentally safe recycling. Please note that this HD camcorder is not compatible with other digital video formats. or their local government office. cadmium or lead above the reference levels in EC Directive 2006/66. Household users should contact either the retailer where they purchased this product. Correct Disposal of This Product (Waste Electrical & Electronic Equipment) (Applicable in the European Union and other European countries with separate collection systems) This marking shown on the product or its literature. Before recording important video. these substances can cause harm to human health or the environment. it is strongly recommended that you obtain permission beforehand. Make a backup of important recorded data Protect your important recorded data by copying the files to a PC. manual or packaging indicates that the batteries in this product should not be disposed of with other household waste at the end of their working life. Even if you record an event such as a show. We also recommend you copy it from your PC to other recording media for storage. Play back your trial recording to make sure the video and audio have been recorded properly. Data recorded on the storage media in this HD camcorder using other digital/Analogue media or devices is protected by the copyright act and cannot be used without permission of the owner of copyright. Where marked. Copyright: Please note that this HD camcorder is intended for individual use only. If batteries are not properly disposed of. etc. This product should not be mixed with other commercial wastes for disposal. performance or exhibition for personal enjoyment. • • English _v .important information on use BEFORE USING THIS CAMCORDER • • • • This HD camcorder records video in H. To prevent possible harm to the environment or human health from uncontrolled waste disposal.Recorded contents may be lost due to a mistake when handling this HD camcorder or memory card.Samsung cannot compensate for any damage caused when a recording cannot be played back because of a defect in the HD camcorder or memory card.264 (MPEG4 part10/AVC) format and in High (HD-VIDEO) and Standard resolution (SD-VIDEO). Refer to the software installation and USB connection guide. except for personal enjoyment. Samsung shall not be responsible for compensation for damages due to the loss of recorded contents. To protect natural resources and to promote material reuse. Samsung cannot be responsible for your recorded video and audio. please separate batteries from other types of waste and recycle them through your local. The recorded contents cannot be compensated for: . Correct disposal of batteries in this product (Applicable in the European Union and other European countries with separate battery return systems) This marking on the battery. Cd or Pb indicate that the battery contains mercury. make a trial recording. indicates that it should not be disposed with other household wastes at the end of its working life. the chemical symbols Hg. free battery return system. . Business users should contact their supplier and check the terms and conditions of the purchase contract. please separate this from other types of wastes and recycle it responsibly to promote the sustainable reuse of material resources.

HMX-H105BP. HMX-H1000P. Although some features of HMX-H100P. vi_ English . “TM” and “R” are not mentioned in each case in this manual. HMX-H104BP.ABOUT THIS USER MANUAL • Thank you for purchasing this Samsung Camcorder. HMX-H1052BP. • Furthermore. they operate in the same way. - The terms ‘photo’ and ‘still image’ are used interchangeably with the same meaning. HMX-H106SP. HMX-H104BP. The HMX-H100P/HMX-H1000P does not have built-in flash memory and uses memory cards exclusively. HMX-H105BP. The screens may vary depending on the operating system of the computer. HMX-H106SP. • Flickr® is a trademark of Yahoo. and 64GB built-in flash memory respectively but also use memory cards. HMX-H1052BP. and HMX-H1062SP are different. • Illustrations of model HMX-H105BP are used in this user manual. NOTES REGARDING TRADEMARKS • All the trade names and registered trademarks mentioned in this manual or other documentation provided with your Samsung product are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective holders. The HMX-H104BP. 32GB. • The displays in this user manual may not be exactly the same as those you see on the LCD screen. Should your camcorder fail to operate correctly. • The following terms are used in this manual: - The terms ‘video’ and ‘movie images’ refer to one video unit from the point you press the Record start/stop button to start recording until you press again to pause the recording. HMX-H106SP. • Designs and specifications of the camcorder and other accessories are subject to change without any notice. refer to Troubleshooting. • YouTube® is a trademark of Google Inc. page 119 • This User Manual covers models HMX-H100P. • Windows® is registered trademark or trademark of Microsoft Corporation. registered in the United States and other countries. HMX-H105BP. • The screenshots are from Windows XP. and HMX-H1062SP. 64GB. HMX-H1052BP. 32GB. HMX-H1000P. and HMX-H1062SP have a 16GB. • All the other product names mentioned here in may be the trademark or registered trademarks of their respect companies. Please read this user manual carefully before you use the camcorder and keep it handy for future reference.

as this could damage the power-cord. CAUTION Means that there is a potential risk for personal injury or material damage. English _vii . OI L Do not aim the LCD screen directly into the sun. Do not bend the power-cord or damage the AC power adaptor by pressing on it with a heavy object. Prohibited action.precautions when using The safety precautions illustrated below are to prevent personal injury or material damages. Unplug from the power supply. WARNING SAND Do not overload outlets or extension cords as this may result in abnormal heat or fire. Do not disconnect the AC adaptor by pulling on its power-cord. Heed all instructions carefully. malfunctions or defects. Using the camcorder at temperatures over 140°F(60° C) may result in fire. Do not allow water or metal and inflammable matter to enter the camcorder or AC power adaptor. Do not disassemble the product. No sand or dust! Fine sand or dust entering the camcorder or AC power adaptor could cause malfunctions or defects. as well as lead to malfunctioning of internal parts of the product. Keeping the battery at a high temperature may cause an explosion. WARNING Means that death or serious personal injury is a risk. Do not touch the product. This precaution must be kept. Doing so may pose a fire hazard. No oil! Oil entering the camcorder or AC power adaptor could cause electric shock. Doing so could cause eye injuries. There may be a risk of fire or electric shock.

Do not dispose of battery pack in a fire as it may explode. If the camcorder makes an abnormal sound. detach immediately the AC adaptor or battery from the camcorder to avoid fire or injury. split or broken cords or wires.Do not use the AC adaptor if it has damaged. viii_ English . Do not attempt to disassemble. Keep the camcorder away from water when used near the beach or pool or when it rains. Doing so may cause fire or electric shock. Never use cleaning fluid or similar chemicals. When cleaning the AC adaptor. or smell or smokes. unplug the power-cord to avoid a risk of a malfunction or electric shock. If the lithium battery or memory card is swallowed by children. There is a risk of fire or personal injury. Do not plug or unplug the power cord with wet hands. or reform the camcorder or the AC adaptor to avoid a risk of fire or electric shock. Keep the used lithium battery or memory card out of the reach of children. ng ani cle flui d Do not connect the AC adaptor unless the plug can be fully inserted with no part of the blades exposed. There is a risk of malfunction or electric shock. consult physician immediately. If the camcorder malfunctions. Keep the power-cord unplugged when not in use or during lightning storms to prevent fire hazard. Do not spray cleaners directly on the camcorder. repair. unplug the power-cord immediately and request service from a Samsung service centre. There is a risk of electric shock.

battery pack. If you push the LCD surface. AC adaptor or other accessories to severe vibrations or impact. Doing so may cause a malfunction or electric shock. or hit it with a sharp object.precautions when using CAUTION Do not press the surface of the LCD with force. etc. Do not expose the camcorder to sand or water when recording at the beach or pool. Do not leave the camcorder in a closed vehicle where the temperature is very high for a long time. Do not drop or expose the camcorder. Do not use the camcorder near direct sunlight or heating equipment. before using insecticide. INSECT ICIDE English _ix . This will especially shorten the operation range of the remote control which uses infrared rays. Turn the camcorder off and cover it with vinyl sheet. or corrosive gas such as hydrogen sulphide. This may cause a malfunction or injury. Do not use the camcorder near dense exhaust gas generated by gasoline or diesel engines. Thick soot or steam could damage the camcorder case or cause a malfunction. Do not use the camcorder on a tripod (not supplied) in a place where it is subject to severe vibrations or impact. Insecticide entering the camcorder could fail the product to operate normally. Do not expose the camcorder to insecticide. Do not expose the camcorder to soot or steam. Doing so may corrode the external or internal terminals. display unevenness may occur. disabling normal operation. or recording on a rainy day.

Do not expose the camcorder to sudden changed in temperature or a humid place. Do not use the camcorder near TV or radio. Do not leave the LCD monitor open when not using the camcorder. Keep important data separately. This could cause noise on the TV screen or in radio broadcasts. The exterior coating could peel off or the case surface could deteriorate. Do not place the camcorder with the open LCD screen down. explosion. Do not wipe the camcorder body with benzene or thinner. fire. Noise could enter video or audio that are being recorded. x_ English . There is also a risk of defect or electric shock when using outdoors during lightning storms. Using products from other manufacturers may cause overheating. Do not hold the camcorder by the LCD monitor when lifting it. LCD monitor could detach and the camcorder may fall. electric shock or ersonal injuries caused by abnormal operation. Use Samsung-approved accessories only. w T Do not use the camcorder near strong radio waves or magnetism such as speakers and a large motor. w T Place the camcorder on a stable surface and a place with ventilation openings. Samsung is not responsible for data loss.

date and time & OSD language Selecting the storage media (HMX-H104BP/HMX-H105BP/HMX-H1052BP/ HMX-H106SP/HMX-H1062SP only) Inserting/ejecting a memory card Recordable time and number of images Selecting a suitable memory card 27 28 29 30 English _01 .contents QUICK START GUIDE GETTING TO KNOW YOUR HD CAMCORDER 07 08 09 10 What’s included with your HD camcorder Front & left view Right & top / bottom view Rear view 7 PREPARATION 11 BEFORE RECORDING 11 13 14 19 21 24 24 25 27 Using the remote control Holding the HD camcorder Charging the battery pack Basic HD camcorder operation Screen indicators Using the Display ( ) button Using the LCD screen Initial setting: time zone.

RECORDING 32 PLAYBACK 32 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 45 Recording movie images Taking photo images Recording with ease for beginners (EASY Q mode) Capturing still images during movie image recording (dual recording) Zooming Setting the anti-shake (OIS: optical image stabilizer) Using the built-in flash Capturing still images during movie images playback Changing the playback mode Playing movie images Viewing photo images 41 CONNECTION 48 USING THE MENU ITEMS 48 52 Connecting to a TV Dubbing images from the camcorder to a VCR or DVD/HDD recorder 53 02_ English 53 55 58 59 79 81 Handling menus and quick menus Menu items Quick menu items Recording menu items Playback menu items Setting menu items .

contents EDITING MOVIE IMAGES 93 IMAGE MANAGEMENT 93 95 96 Dividing a movie image Combining two movie images Playlist 99 PRINTING PHOTO IMAGES 99 Protection from accidental erasure 100 Deleting images 101 Copying images (HMX-H104BP/HMX-H105BP/HMX-H1052BP/ HMX-H106SP/HMX-H1062SP only) 102 DPOF print setting 103 Direct printing with a PictBridge printer 102 USING A COMPUTER 105 105 106 107 112 Checking your computer type What you can do with a Windows computer Using the Intelli-studio programme Using as a removable storage device English _03 .

MAINTENANCE & ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 115 TROUBLESHOOTING SPECIFICATIONS POWER SOURCES (UNITED KINGDOM ONLY) 115 Maintenance 116 Additional information 118 Using your HD camcorder abroad 119 Troubleshooting 131 Specifications 04_ English .

pages 42.quick start guide This quick start guide introduces the basic operation and features of your camcorder. Step 1 Preparation • Charging the battery pack. 45 • Viewing playback from your HD camcorder on your TV or PC. 34 W T Step 3 Playing back • Selecting an image to play back from the thumbnail index views. page 14 • Setting the date/time and the OSD language. pages 48. 107 AV DC IN English _05 . (HMX-H104BP/HMX-H105BP/HMX-H1052BP/HMX-H106SP/ HMX-H1062SP only) page 27 INSERT BATTERY PACK Step 2 Recording • Recording movie or photo images. pages 25-26 • Setting the storage media (built-in memory or memory card). pages 32. See the reference pages below for more information.

page 109 Step5 Easy Upload to YouTube or Flickr • You can upload recorded movies or photos to YouTube or Flickr using Intelli-studio. page 110 Camcorder Intelli-studio 06_ English . using Intelli-studio allows easy upload of recorded movies or photo files to YouTube or Flickr.Step 4 Connecting to a PC • You can play back and edit recorded movies or photos by using the built-in editing software (Intelli-studio) on your camcorder. Also.

See page 30 for memory cards compatible with your HD camcorder. English _07 . IA-BP85NF is not available from retailers. Battery pack (IA-BP85NF) AC power adaptor (AA-E9 type) Component/AV cable USB cable Quick start guide Remote control & button type battery (CR2025) User manual CD HDMI cable (Optional) • The contents may vary depending on the sales region. • Parts and accessories are available for purchase at your local Samsung dealer.getting to know your HD camcorder WHAT’S INCLUDED WITH YOUR HD CAMCORDER Your new HD camcorder comes with the following accessories. • A memory card is not included. To buy these. Use IA-BP85ST when purchasing the battery pack separately. refer to the user manual (PDF) on the provided CD. For more detailed instructions. • Your HD camcorder includes the user manual CD and quick start guide (printed). If any of these items is missing from your box. contact your nearest Samsung dealer. However. The exact appearance of each item may vary by model. call Samsung’s Customer Care Centre.

WARNING EASY Q button Anti-Shake (OIS) ( ) button Flash ( ) button TFT LCD screen (touch panel) Recording start/stop button Zoom (W/T) button Q.FRONT & LEFT VIEW Built-in flash Remote control sensor Lens Recording indicator Built-in speaker Power ( ) button Display ( ) button Be careful not to cover the lens during recording.MENU button 08_ English .

WARNING English _09 .getting to know your HD camcorder RIGHT & TOP / BOTTOM VIEW ⓐⓑⓒ PHOTO button Zoom (W/T) lever Swivel handle Internal microphone Grip belt hook Grip belt Tripod receptacle OPEN switch Battery pack/Memory card cover Battery pack release switch ⓐ Battery pack slot ⓑ Memory card slot ⓒ Be careful not to cover the internal microphone during recording.

REAR VIEW ⓐ ⓑ ⓒ ⓓ AV DC IN Mode indicator : Record mode (Movie/Photo) : Play mode MODE button Recording start/stop button CHG (charging) indicator Jack cover HDMI jack ⓐ USB jack ⓑ DC IN jack ⓒ COMPONENT / AV jack ⓓ 10_ English .

preparation
This section provides information on using this HD camcorder; such as how to use the provided accessories, how to charge the battery, how to setup the operation mode and initial setup.

USING THE REMOTE CONTROL
REC (Recording start/stop) button Display ( ) button Skip ( / ) button Stop ( ) button MENU button Control ( / / / / ) buttons PHOTO button Zoom (W/T) button Search ( / ) button Slow playback ( ) button Play/Pause ( ) button
Remove the insulation sheet before using the remote control!

Insulation sheet

The buttons on the remote control function the same as those on the HD camcorder. English _11

Installing the button type battery (CR2025) in the remote control
1. Turn the battery holder counter clockwise (as indicated with ( ) mark) using your fingernail or a coin to open it. • The battery holder opens. 2. Insert the battery into the battery holder with the positive (+) terminal facing down and press it firmly until you hear a locking sound. 3. Place the battery holder back in the remote ce he control, match its ( ) mark with the ( ) mark on the remote control, and turn the battery holder clockwise to lock it.

<Battery holder>

Precautions regarding the button type battery • There is a danger of explosion if the button type battery is incorrectly replaced. Replace only with the same or equivalent type. • Do not pick up the battery using tweezers or other metal tools. This will cause a short circuit. • Do not recharge, disassemble, heat or immerse the battery in water, to avoid the risk of explosion. Keep the button type battery out of the reach of the children. Should any battery be swallowed, consult a doctor immediately.

WARNING

12_ English

preparation
HOLDING THE HD CAMCORDER Attaching the grip belt
Adjust the length of grip belt so that the HD camcorder is stable when you press the Recording start/stop button with your thumb. Please note if the hand strap is adjusted too tight and you use excessive force to insert your hand, the hand strap hook of the camcorder may be damaged.

WARNING

Angle adjustment
Rotate the swivel handle to the most convenient angle. You can rotate it downward from 0° to 180°. Please be careful not to turn the swivel handle backward as it may cause damage.

WARNING

English _13

• If the HD camcorder will not be in use for a while. Use only Samsung-approved battery packs. • Make sure that SAMSUNG logo is facing up and the camcorder is placed as shown in the figure. 2. Slide the Battery pack release switch and pull out the battery pack. Ejecting the battery pack 1. • Additional battery packs are available at your local Samsung dealer. remove the battery pack from the HD camcorder. Inserting the battery pack 1. Close the battery pack cover. fire or explosion. Samsung is not responsible for problems occuring due to using unapproved batteries. there is a danger of overheating. 2. 3.CHARGING THE BATTERY PACK • Use the IA-BP85NF or IA-BP85ST battery pack only. 14_ English . • The battery pack may be charged a little at the time of purchase. Do not use batteries from other manufacturers because. Insert the battery pack into the battery pack slot until it softly clicks. Close the battery pack cover. Open the battery pack cover by sliding the OPEN switch to the left as shown in the figure. • Gently slide the Battery pack release switch in the direction as shown in the figure. • Be sure to charge the battery pack before you start using your HD camcorder.

• It is recommended you purchase one or more additional battery packs to allow continuous use of your HD camcorder. • If the battery pack has been fully charged. which may keep the mode indicator on or flashing. Open the LCD screen and press the Power ( ) button to turn off the camcorder for charging. It takes about 2 hours for the battery pack to charge 100%. and the indicator colour changes to green. • If an error occurs while the battery pack in charging. • The battery pack is charged over 95% after about 1 hour and 50 minutes. Connect the AC power adaptor to a wall socket. Open the jack cover and connect the AC power adaptor to the DC IN jack. Once charged.preparation Charging the battery pack 1. • The battery pack is not charged during the power saving mode. 2. <Charging indicator> English _15 . disconnect the AC power adaptor from the DC IN jack on your HD camcorder. Press the Power ( ) button for about 1 second to turn off the power and close the LCD screen. • Even with the power switched off. 4. page 19 Charging indicator The colour of the CHG lamp indicates the power or charging state. the charge indicator is green. • If you are charging the battery. the charging indicator blinks green. the colour of the charge indicator is orange. 3. the battery pack will still discharge if it is left inserted in the HD camcorder.

16_ English . Battery level indicator STBY 00:00:00 [300Min] 9999 State Fully charged 30~50% used 50~75% used 75~90% used 90~97% used Exhausted (flickers): The device will soon turn off.Battery level display The battery level display shows the amount of battery power remaining in the battery pack. Low ambient temperature may affect the use time. Message “Low Battery” <Battery level display> - The device will be forced to turn off after 3 seconds. Change the battery pack as soon as possible. Above figures are based on a fully charged battery pack at a normal temperature.

(Times for HMX-H100P/HMX-H1000P/HMX-H104BP/HMX-H1052BP/HMX-H106SP/HMX-H1062SP are almost the same). 110 min Playback time approx.preparation Charging. The charging time will vary depending on the remaining battery level. English _17 . and playback is performed. so have enough battery packs to allow for the time you are planning to record on the HD camcorder. In actual recording. LCD open. 130 min • Measured times shown above are based on model HMX-H105BP. 90 min approx. and may differ from your actual use. As the environmental temperature and conditions vary. The continuous recording times in the operating 77 ). since the Record start/stop and Zoom are being operated. 120 min approx. instructions are measured using a fully charged battery pack at 25 °C (77 °F). the battery pack may discharge 2-3 times faster than this reference. recording and playback times with a fully charged battery pack (with no zoom operation. Note that the battery pack discharges faster in cold environment. Continuous recording (without zoom) The times shown in the table reflect the available recording time when the HD camcorder is in the record mode without using any other functions. 110 min IA-BP85NF or IA-BP85ST approx. • The recording time shortens dramatically in a cold environment. the remaining battery time may differ from the approximate continuous recording times given in the instructions. Tables showed above are measured under Samsung’s test environment. Assume that the recordable time with a fully charged battery pack is between 1/2 and 1/3 of the time in the table.) Battery type Charging time Recording format HD SD Continuous recording time approx. etc. • The time is only for reference.

Disconnect the AC power adaptor from the wall outlet immediately if any malfunction occurs while using your HD camcorder. CAUTION • Use a nearby wall outlet when using the AC power adaptor. “Auto Power Off” from the menu to “5 Min. or heat the battery pack. If this happens. its usage time reduces and it may cease to function. a battery pack damages the internal cells.e. place the battery pack in your pocket or other warm.About battery packs • The battery pack should be recharged in an environment that is between 0°C (32°F) and 40°C (104°F). it is probably time to replace it with a new one. Each battery’s life is affected by storage. Using an AC power source We recommend that you use the AC power adaptor to power the HD camcorder from a household AC outlet when you perform settings on it. About the battery life Battery capacity decreases over time and through repeated use. Failure to do so can result in camcorder malfunction. the battery pack will still discharge if it is left inserted on the HD camcorder. • Do not disassemble. make sure that the HD camcorder’s power is turned off. when it is exposed to cold temperatures (below 0°C (32 °F)). apply pressure to. 18_ English . please contact your local dealer. page 15 • Before detaching the power source. When the battery reaches the end of its life. play back. keep it with the battery completely depleted. Maintaining the battery pack • The recording time is affected by temperature and environmental conditions. If you do not use the HD camcorder for an extended time period. or cause fire. It may cause leakage. If decreased usage time between charges becomes significant. operating and environmental conditions. The battery pack may be prone to leakage when fully discharged. keep your HD camcorder turned off when you are not operating it. However. • For power saving purposes. generate heat. fire or a heater). or use it indoors. the HD camcorder will automatically turn off after 5 minutes. (Only if you set . or edit images. • Make sure that the battery pack is fully charged before starting to record. • We recommend only using the original battery pack that is available from your Samsung retailer.”) • When fully discharged. • Do not allow battery pack terminals to be short-circuited. Charge the battery pack at least once per 6 months to prevent complete discharge of the battery pack. • Do not use the AC power adaptor in a narrow space. then reinsert it. • Do not put the battery pack near any heat source (i. • To preserve battery power. protected place for a short time. • Even when the power is switched off. The batteries have to be dealt with as chemical waste. such as between a wall and furniture.

LCD screen Power ( ) button English _19 . Turning the HD camcorder on and off 1. the time zone setting screen appears every time you turn on your camcorder. To turn off the camcorder. If you do not set the time zone. press the Power ( ) button for about 1 second. • The lens opens automatically when the camcorder is powered on.preparation BASIC HD CAMCORDER OPERATION Set the appropriate operation mode according to your preference using the Power ( ) button and MODE button. 2. you will see the “Time Zone: Home” setting screen for the startup display. • Set the date and time when using your HD camcorder for the first time. page 25 • When you use your HD camcorder for the first time or you perform the “Default Set” function. Open the LCD screen to turn the camcorder on. • Closing the LCD screen will not turn the camcorder off. • You can also turn the camcorder on by pressing the Power ( ) button.

When “Auto Power Off” is set to “5 Min. .” • When “Auto Power Off” is set to “5 Min.While in recording. • Sleep mode does not work in the following situations: . If a message appears.” the power of the camcorder is turned off after 5 minutes in Sleep mode. (When “Auto Power off” is set to “Off.Switching to Sleep mode • This function works only in Play mode. • The camcorder switches to Sleep mode automatically when the LCD screen is closed and a video cable is not connected to TV. pages 42.”) • If the LCD screen is opened or video cables are connected in the sleep mode.Play mode ( ): To play movie or photo images.When the LCD screen is opened. the power is turned off automatically. 45 • This camcorder provides one record mode which combines the movie and photo record modes. . • If there is no operation for 20 minutes after the camcorder has entered the sleep mode once.Record mode ( ) Play mode ( ) • Each time the operational mode changes. .When a USB or video (HDMI. component/AV) cable is connected. or edit them. 20_ English <Power off> Mode indicator MODE button . . • When the HD camcorder is turned on. the respective mode indicator lights up. <Sleep mode> After 20 minutes Setting the operating modes • You can switch the operating mode in the following order each time you press the MODE button. the screen returns to the previous screen. . You can easily record movies or photos in the same mode without having to change it. refer to “Warning indicators and messages” (on pages 119-122) and take corrective action. pages 32. 34 . playing and slide show modes. the self-diagnosis function operates and a message may appear.Record mode ( ): To record movie or photo images.

the display indications and the order are subject to change without prior notice.preparation SCREEN INDICATORS Movie and Photo record mode STBY 00:00:00 [300Min] 1Sec/24Hr 9999 F1. Fader* ( ) iSCENE mode. Movie image resolution ( ) Wind cut ( ). Movie image quality ( ).5 Memory Full 01/JAN/2009 00:00 S. Cont. Photo sharpness ( ) Menu tab Optical zoom / Digital zoom Date/Time Record / Play mode tab Exposure value* * Manual aperture* / Manual shutter* Manual focus* / Touch point focus* * White balance. • The total number of recordable photos is counted based on available space on the storage media. shot ( ).8 +0. • For enhanced performance. • Functions marked with * will not be retained when the HD camcorder is powered on after turning it off. Back light *. Digital effect / EASY Q English _21 .1/50 • The OSD indicators are based on memory capacity of 32GB (built-in memory). Flash mode ( ) Analogue Video out (when Component/AV cable is connected. Record mode ( ) Operating mode (STBY (Standby) / (Recording)) / Self timer* * Time counter (movie recording time) ( ) Time Lapse REC * ( ) Warning indicators and messages Remaining recordable time ( ) Photo image counter ( ) (total number of recordable photo images) Storage media (built-in memory or memory card) Battery information (remaining battery level) Photo image resolution ( ). • The above screen is an example: It is different from the actual display.). . Anti-shake (OIS) Tele macro*. • The number of recordable photo images on the OSD is a maximum of 9999.

) Erase protection The play related tabs disappear on the screen a few seconds (about 3 seconds) after the image plays back. Analogue Video out (when Component/ AV cable is connected. 00:00:20 / 00:10:00 100_0001 01/JAN/2009 00:00 Memory Full 10 22_ English . Movie image resolution Date/Time Play related function tab (skip/search/playback/ pause/slow playback/frame advance/volume) volume) ) Menu tab Return tab Warning indicators and messages / Volume control Play option.Movie play mode Movie play mode Operating status (play/pause) / Highlight view File name (file number) Time code (elapsed time/recorded time) Storage media (built-in memory or memory card) Battery information (remaining battery level) Movie image quality. They reappear when you touch any point on the screen.

preparation Photo play mode Photo play mode Slide show / Playback zoom File name (file number) Photo image counter (current image / total number of recorded images) Storage media (built-in memory or memory card) Battery information (remaining battery level) Photo image resolution Date/Time Previous image/Next image tab Menu tab Return tab Volume tab (when activating slide show) Print mark Erase protection 1 / 12 100_0001 01 01/JAN/2009 00:00 X1.1 English _23 .

2. Using the touch panel The touch panel allows you to enjoy playback and recording with a simple touch of your fi nger. Open the LCD screen 90 degrees with your finger. • The tabs and indicators that appear on the LCD panel depend on the current recording/playback status of your HD camcorder. If a film is applied for a long while. Rotate it to the best angle to record or play. • If the HD camcorder has warning information. Do not lift the HD camcorder by holding the LCD screen. USING THE LCD SCREEN Adjusting the LCD screen 1. Then.USING THE DISPLAY ( ) BUTTON Switching the information display mode You can switch the information display on/off-screen modes by pressing the Display ( ) button. 24_ English Storage Type W Storage Info T 1/7 Format File No. WARNING • Over-rotation may cause damage to the inside of the hinge that connects the LCD screen to the HD camcorder. Do not place a protective film on the LCD screen. • See page 85 to adjust the brightness of the LCD screen. Place your hand on the rear side of the LCD screen to support it. • Be careful not to accidentally press the buttons near the LCD panel while using the touch panel. touch the items displayed on the screen. • Pressing the Display ( ) button toggles the screen indicators on or off. . strong cohesion on the surface of the WARNING screen may cause a malfunction of the touch panel. a warning message will appear even when the screen indicator display is set to off.

If you do not set date and time (time zone). the date and time (time zone) screen appears every time you turn on your HD camcorder. DATE AND TIME & OSD LANGUAGE • To read the menus or messages in your desired language. 3. • You can also set the “Time Zone: Home” from the Settings ( ) menu. • Selecting the ( ) forwards the time by 1 hour. 4.Lisbon [GMT 00:00] 01/JAN/2009 00:00 Date/Time Set Day Month Year 01 Hour JAN Minute 2009 00 00 English _25 . Set values for month. the time zone screen appears based on London. • Touch the OK ( ) tab when the time zone setting is finished. Open the LCD screen and then the HD camcorder is powered on automatically. hour. Setting the time zone and date/time for the first time Set the date and time of your local area when turning on this camcorder for the first time. Touch the OK ( ) tab when the date and time setting is completed. • The message “Date/Time Set” appears. and the set date/time is applied. 1. • To store the date and time during recording.preparation INITIAL SETTING: TIME ZONE. Lisbon (Greenwich Mean Time). 6. • Refer to the world time difference on page 83. page 19 • When you turn on your HD camcorder for the first time. Set the daylight saving time ( ) by touching the daylight saving time ( ) tab and the up ( )/down ( ) tab. year. then touch the month field. Touch the left ( )/right ( ) tab to set your local time zone. Home London. 5. and minute as in setting the day. page 83 2. Touch the up ( )/down ( ) tab to set current day. set the OSD language. set the date/time.

1. 2. access the menu and change the date/time display mode. The rechargeable battery will be fully discharged in about 6 months if you do not use your camcorder at all. 4. If the built-in rechargeable battery is not charged. • Even if the battery pack or AC power is removed. then set the time difference. Selecting the OSD language You can select the desired language to display the menu screen and the messages. then touch the desired OSD language. Touch the up ( )/down ( ) tab until “Language” is displayed. • To switch the date and time display on or off.• On charging the built-in rechargeable battery Your camcorder has a built-in rechargeable battery to retain the date. Touch the Menu ( Touch the Settings ( ) tab. ) tab. 5. and other settings even when the power is off. “English” “ 한국어 ” “Français” “Deutsch” “Italiano” “Español” “Português” “Nederlands” “Svenska” “Suomi” “Norsk” “Dansk” “Polski ” “Čeština” “Slovensky” “Magyar” “Română” “Български” “Ελληνικά” “Srpski” “Hrvatski” “Украϊнська” “Русский” “ ” “ไทย” “Türkçe” “ ” “ ” “IsiZulu” ) tab repeatedly until the menu disappears. The built-in rechargeable battery is always charged while your camcorder is connected to the wall outlet via the AC power adaptor or while the battery pack is attached. TV Display REC Lamp 6/7 Default Set Language . Select “Time Zone: Visit” on the menu. To exit. page 83 ) tab to • When the date and time are set in the Date/Time Set menu. 26_ English STBY 00:00:00 [300Min] 9999 Storage Type Storage Info 1/7 Format File No. time. Touch “Language”. any input data will not be backed up and the date and time (time zone) screen appears every time you turn on your HD camcorder. • “Language” options may be changed without prior notice. • You can easily set the clock to the local time by setting a time difference when using your camcorder abroad. Use your camcorder after charging the built-in rechargeable battery. 3. you can use Exit ( ) or Return ( cancel the update. the language setting will be preserved. page 85 • You can set the year up to 2037. touch the Exit ( ) tab or Return ( • The OSD language is refreshed in the selected language.

before recording
SELECTING THE STORAGE MEDIA (HMX-H104BP/HMX-H105BP/HMX-H1052BP/HMX-H106SP/HMX-H1062SP only)
• You can record movie and photo images on the built-in memory or a memory card, so you should select the desired storage media before starting recording or playback. • You can use SD or SDHC cards on your HD camcorder. (Some cards are not compatible depending on the memory card manufacturer and memory card type.) • Before inserting or ejecting the memory card, turn the HD camcorder off. 1. 2. 3. 4. Touch the Menu ( ) tab. Touch the Settings ( ) tab. Touch the up ( )/down ( ) tab until “Storage Type” is displayed. Touch “Storage Type,” then the desired storage media. • “Memory”: When using the built-in memory. • “Card”: When using the memory card (SD or SDHC card). • Never format the built-in memory or memory card using a PC. • When you insert a memory card, the storage media setup screen appears. Touch “Yes” if you want to use a memory card, or “No” if not. • Do not remove the power (battery pack or AC power adaptor) when accessing storage media for recording, playback, format, delete, etc. The storage media and its data may be damaged. • Do not eject a memory card while it is being used in the camcorder. The memory card and its data may be damaged. • You can also access it by using the Q.MENU button. Press the Q.MENU button. Touch “Storage” Touch “Memory” or “Card.” • “Storage Type” is grayed out when the memory card is not inserted. • SSD refers to the built-in memory (Memory).

Storage Type Storage Info 1/7 Format File No.

Storage Type Storage Info 1/7 Format File No.

Storage Type Memory Card 1/1

English _27

INSERTING/EJECTING A MEMORY CARD
Inserting a memory card 1. Open the memory card cover by sliding the OPEN switch to the left as shown in the figure. 2. Insert the memory card into the slot until it softly clicks. • Make sure that the terminal portion is facing up and the camcorder is placed as shown in the figure. 3. Close the memory card cover. Ejecting a memory card 1. Open the memory card cover by sliding the OPEN switch to the left as shown in the figure. 2. Slightly push the memory card inwards to pop it out. 3. Pull the memory card out of the slot and close the memory card cover.

The HD camcorder supports SD and SDHC memory cards for data storage. The data storage speed may differ, according to the manufacturer and production system. • SLC (single level cell) system: faster write speed enabled. • MLC (multi level cell) system: only lower write speed is supported. For best results, we recommend using a memory card that supports faster write speed. Using a lower write speed memory card for recording video may cause difficulties when storing. You may even lose your movie data during the recording. In an attempt to preserve any bit of the recorded movie, the HD camcorder forcibly stores the movie on the memory card and displays a warning: “Low speed card. Please record a lower Resolution.” If you are unavoidably using a low speed memory card, resolution and quality of the recording may be lower than the set value. pages 60-61

Actual formatted capacity may be less as the internal firmware uses a portion of the memory.

28_ English

before recording
RECORDABLE TIME AND NUMBER OF IMAGES
Recordable time for movie images
Movie resolution/ Movie quality Super Fine [HD]1080/50i Fine Normal Super Fine [HD]720/50p Fine Normal Super Fine [SD]576/50p Fine Normal Storage media (Capacity) 2GB Approx. 15min Approx. 18min Approx. 23min Approx. 21min Approx. 28min Approx. 42min Approx. 63min Approx. 83min 4GB Approx. 30min Approx. 36min Approx. 46min Approx. 42min Approx. 57min Approx. 84min 8GB Approx. 61min Approx. 74min Approx. 94min Approx. 86min Approx. 115min Approx. 171min 16GB Approx. 125min Approx. 152min Approx. 193min Approx. 177min Approx. 235min Approx. 351min Approx. 521min Approx. 688min Approx. 1011min 32GB Approx. 253min Approx. 307min Approx. 390min Approx. 357min Approx. 475min Approx. 708min Approx. 1051min Approx. 1387min Approx. 2039min 64GB
(HMX-H106SP/HMX-H1062SP only)

Approx. 498min Approx. 604min Approx. 766min Approx. 704min Approx. 934min Approx. 1392min Approx. 2068min Approx. 2728min Approx. 4012min

Approx. 126min Approx. 254min Approx. 166min Approx. 336min

Approx. 123min Approx. 244min Approx. 494min

Recordable number of photo images
Storage media (Capacity) Photo resolution 2GB 2880x1620 1920x1080 Approx. 1251 Approx. 2346 4GB Approx. 2482 Approx. 4654 8GB Approx. 5014 Approx. 9402 16GB Approx. 9999 Approx. 9999 32GB Approx. 9999 Approx. 9999 64GB Approx. 9999 Approx. 9999

• • • • • •

The above tables are measured under Samsung’s standard recording test conditions and may differ depending on actual use. The higher the resolution and quality settings, the more memory is used. The compression rate increases when choosing lower quality settings. The higher the compression rate is, the longer the recording time will be. However, the quality will be lower. The bit rate is automatically changed by recording image, and the recording time may vary accordingly. Memory cards of bigger than 32GB in capacity may not work properly. The maximum size of a movie file that can be recorded at one time is 1.8GB. English _29

and TOSHIBA. SanDisk. you can use memory cards of the following capacity: 1GB ~ 32GB. • For movie recording. they may fail to record data correctly. so buy such products with caution. Compatible recording media The following recording media have been recomended to work with this HD camcorder. SD/SDHC memory card Terminals Protection tab <Usable memory cards> 30_ English . move the switch down. • If other media are used. . Others are not guaranteed to work. use a memory card that supports faster write speeds (above SDHC Class 6 card). To set write protection. On this HD camcorder.SELECTING A SUITABLE MEMORY CARD • • • • You can use a SD and SDHC cards. This latest specification was established by the SD Card Association to realize data capacity over 2GB. • The write speed of SDHC card is decided by Class. Setting the switch prevents accidental erasure of files recorded on the card. The number after Class represents the write speed and its unit is MB/sec. To enable writing. SDHC (Secure Digital High Capacity) memory card • SDHC memory card complies with the new SD specification Ver. (SD cards up to 2GB are supported.By Panasonic.00.) MultiMediaCards(MMC) and MMCplus cards are not supported. or they may lose data that has already been recorded. move the switch up in the direction towards the terminals. the faster the write/read speed of the card is. • SDHC memory cards can not be used with current SD only enabled host devices.2. • An SD/SDHC card has a mechanical write protection switch. The higher the class number of the card is.

It is recommended you back-up important recordings separately on your PC’s hard disk. Notes on use • Samsung is not responsible for data loss due to misuse. • If you cannot use a memory card that has been previously used with another device. • It is not guaranteed that you can use a memory card formatted by other devices. • Do not use or store in a place that has high temperature and humidity or a dusty environment. • After a period of use. Be sure to format your memory card using this camcorder. • Do not place foreign substances on the memory card terminals. • Memory cards need to be formatted on this camcorder before use. • Do not put any additional labels on the memory card. English _31 .before recording Common cautions for memory cards • Damaged data may not be recovered. who might swallow it. Use a soft dry cloth to clean the terminals if required. • Be careful to keep the memory card out of the reach of children. Handling a memory card • It is recommended that you power off before inserting or removing the memory card to avoid data loss. If you cannot record new data. your camcorder may not recognise the modified file. • After you modify the name of a file or folder stored in the memory card using your PC. the memory card may get warm. Note that formatting erases all information on the memory card. format it on your HD camcorder. • A memory card has a certain life span. or cause strong impact to the card. you have to purchase a new memory card. • Do not bend. This is normal and is not a malfunction. • We recommend using a memory card case to avoid losing data from moving and static electricity. drop.

) 2.18 • Open the LCD screen and the HD camcorder is powered on automatically.The lens cover opens automatically when HD camcorder is powered on. Press the Recording start/stop button.recording • Basic procedures to record a movie or photo image are described below and on the following pages. insert the memory card. page 19 . Check the subject on the LCD screen. • To stop recording. • This camcorder provides one combined movie and photo record mode. • Connect a power source to the HD camcorder. Turn the HD camcorder on.You can also turn the HD camcorder on by pressing the Power ( ) button. press the Recording start/stop button again. You can easily record movies or photos in the same mode without having to change it. 3. One is on the rear side of the camcorder and the other is on the LCD panel. 4. RECORDING MOVIE IMAGES • You can record movie images in Record mode only. and recording will start. • The recording ( ) indicator will display. turn the HD camcorder off by using the Power ( W T 00:00:10 [300Min] ) button for about 1 second. . When recording is finished. (HMX-H104BP/HMX-H105BP/HMX-H1052BP/HMX-H106SP/HMX-H1062SP only) page 27 (If you want to record on a memory card. (A battery pack or an AC power adaptor) pages 14. W T 1. 32_ English . • Set the appropriate storage media. Select the one that works best for you. page 20 • This HD camcorder provides two Recording start/stop buttons.

264 (MPEG4 part10/AVC) format. see page 21. • Before recording an important movie. the system will be switched to the STBY mode. the data recovery might fail. Doing so may damage the storage media or the data in the storage media. • You can record movie images using the remote control. Make sure that this microphone is not blocked. see “RECORDING MENU ITEMS” on pages 59-79. no other function is enabled. see page 29. the system is switched to the data recovery mode. • Do not operate the Power ( ) button or remove the memory card while accessing the storage media. After data recovery.• Movie images are compressed in the H. English _33 . • For on-screen information display. make sure to test the recording function by checking if there is any problem with the audio and video recording. pages 60~61 • You can switch the play mode to the record mode by pressing the Recording start/stop button. • You can select the resolution and quality of movie image to be recorded. While data is being recovered. • If the power cable/battery is disconnected or recording is disabled during recording. When the recording time is short. • Eject the battery pack when you have finished recording to prevent unnecessary battery power consumption. • Sound is recorded from the internal stereo microphone at the left and right of the lens. • For approximate recording time. • For various functions available during recording.

• If focusing is difficult.recording TAKING PHOTO IMAGES You can take photo images in Record mode only. page 19 • You can also turn the HD camcorder on by pressing the Power ( ) button. use the manual focus function. Doing so may damage the storage media or the data on storage media. page 20 1. • Set the appropriate storage media. 34_ English .) 2. (HMX-H104BP/HMX-H105BP/HMX-H1052BP/HMX-H106SP/HMX-H1062SP only) page 27 (If you want to record on a memory card. • Photo files recorded by your HD camcorder conform to the “DCF (Design rule for Camera File system)” universal standard established by the JEITA (Japan Electronics and Information Technology Industries Association). • You can switch the play mode (thumbnail index view only) to the record mode by pressing the PHOTO button. and the photo image is recorded. insert the memory card. you cannot proceed with the next recording. page 39 • The number of photos that can be stored depends on the photo resolution. Open the LCD screen and then the HD camcorder is powered on automatically. 4. Check the subject on the LCD screen. • A shutter sound is heard. • The HD camcorder automatically focuses on the subject at the centre of screen (when auto focus is selected). Press the PHOTO button halfway down (half press). • When the image is in focus. • While saving the photo image on the storage media. the ( ) indicator is displayed in green. DCF is an integrated image-file format for digital cameras: Image files can be used on all digital devices conforming to DCF. • Audio will not be recorded with the photo image. page 29. 3. • The lens opens automatically when the HD camcorder is turned on. page 69 • Do not operate the Power ( ) button or remove the memory card while accessing the storage media. Press the PHOTO button down fully (full press). W T STBY 00:00:00 [300Min] 9999 9999 • To use the built-in flash.

• Cancel the EASY Q function if you want to add an effect or settings to the images. To cancel EASY Q mode Press the EASY Q button again.) ) and Anti-shake ( ) indicators appear on the screen • The EASY Q ( at the same time. Anti-Shake. To record movie images. most of the HD camcorder settings are automatically adjusted. etc. press the PHOTO button.Q” messages may appear if unavailable operations are attempted. etc. The “Release the EASY. • Most settings will return to the settings that were set prior to activating the EASY Q mode. Aperture. • When you press the EASY Q button. press the Recording start/stop button. STBY 00:00:00 [300Min] 9999 English _35 . • The EASY Q ( ) and Anti-shake ( ) indicators disappear from the screen. 1. Flash. which frees you from making detailed adjustments. Press the EASY Q button.” (iSCENE. . most functions turn off and the following functions are set to “Auto. Focus. White Balance.MENU button / Flash ( ) button.See page 130 for the list of unavailable functions. To take photo images. page 20 • With the EASY Q function. 2. • Unavailable buttons during EASY Q operation The following buttons and control are unavailable because the items are automatically set. . • You cannot cancel the EASY Q mode during recording. Shutter.RECORDING WITH EASE FOR BEGINNERS (EASY Q MODE) • The EASY Q function is only available with the Record mode.Menu ( ) tab / Q.

press the Recording start/stop button again.recording CAPTURING STILL IMAGES DURING MOVIE IMAGE RECORDING (DUAL RECORDING) • This function works only in Record mode. • You cannot capture still images during Time Lapse REC. 2. • Video keeps recording. W T 00:00:10 [300Min] 00:00:10 [300Min] 36_ English . Press the PHOTO button at the scene you want during movie image recording. page 20 • You can record still images on the storage media during recording movie image. • To stop recording. Press the Recording start/stop button. 1. the photo image has been recorded. • The recording ( ) indicator will display. • When the ( ) indicator disappears. even while photos are taken. • Photo image is captured in 1920x1080 resolution regardless to the resolution of the movie recording. • You cannot use the flash during dual recording. and recording will start.

• When using the zoom function.” page 74 • The focus changes when zooming after focusing manually.” page 73 • If you operate the Zoom (W/T) lever during recording. A fast moving increases the zoom speed. In this case. the sound of the zoom motor may be recorded as well. the HD camcorder may automatically zoom out depending on the distance to the subject. set “Tele Macro” to “On.) • The further you slide the Zoom lever. (Or press the W (zoom) button on the LCD panel. (Or press the T (zoom) button on the LCD panel. • Zoom magnification over 10x is done through digital image processing. and is therefore called digital zoom. STBY 00:00:00 [300Min] 9999 W: Wide angle T: Telephoto English _37 . However. the quicker the zoom action. To zoom in Slide the Zoom lever towards T (telephoto). its speed can be decreased by slowly moving the Zoom (W/T) lever. the image quality may suffer. the Zoom (W/T) button on the display cannot adjust the zoom speed. Set “Digital Zoom” to “On. You can achieve up to 100x magnification by using digital zooming. • When you zoom into a subject close to the lens.) To zoom out Slide the Zoom lever towards W (wide angle).ZOOMING This HD camcorder allows you to record using optical 10x power zoom and digital zoom with the Zoom lever or the Zoom button on the LCD panel. Focus automatically or seize the desired scene by zooming before focusing manually. page 69 • During digital zoom.

from inside a vehicle STBY 00:00:00 [300Min] 9999 Press the Anti-shake (OIS) ( ) button to toggle the Anti-shake (OIS) mode between On and Off. • When you record images with high magnification and the Anti-shake (OIS) is set to On in dark locations. • Excessive camcorder shake may not be entirely corrected even if Anti-Shake (OIS): On is set. In this case.Recording with deep zooming .Recording a close up picture of a small object . within reasonable limits.recording SETTING THE ANTI-SHAKE (OIS: OPTICAL IMAGE STABILIZER) • This function works only in Record mode. Firmly hold the HD camcorder with both hands.Recording through the window. compensates for shaking movements produced when filming hand-held. or moving . we recommend using a tripod (not supplied) and turning the Anti-shake (OIS) to Off. after-images may stand out. • It is recommended that you specify Anti-Shake (OIS): Off when using the HD camcorder on a desk or tripod (not supplied).Recording while walking. • When Anti-Shake (OIS): On is set. there will be a slight difference between the actual movement and the movement on screen. Anti-shake (OIS) provides a more stable image when: . • The EASY Q mode automatically sets the Anti-Shake (OIS) to On. page 20 • Anti-shake (OIS) is a function that. 38_ English .

otherwise the subject could suffer a temporary loss of eyesight. • The flash function is not available with the following function: . page 20 • You can take natural looking flash photo images with appropriate illumination using the built-in flash. When the shutter speed is set to slow and the flash fires at the adjusted shutter speed. Slow sync ( ). Use to capture both the subject and background at night or in dim light. or Off ( ). flash mode is flash changed to. built-in • Each time you press the Flash ( ) button. WARNING Never use the flash closer than 1 meter from children. Flash mode Settings Off Auto Red-eye reduction Fill in Records without flash. Use of a tripod(not supplied) is recommended to prevent a blurred photo image. Shot” . indoors or in other dark places. • Do not fire the flash close to people’s eyes. whether they are night scenes. • The battery power will be consumed faster with repeated use of the flash.USING THE BUILT-IN FLASH • This function works only in Record mode ( ). Auto ( ). • The recommended distance to the subject when using the built-in flash is approximately 4 to 7 feet. Slow sync flash mode allows the user to take brighter background as well as brighter subject at night. Pre-flashes to reduce red-eye before the flash automatically flashes when there is insufficient ambient light.“Cont. Contents On-screen display Slow sync • Do not fire the flash with the flash bulb covered with your hand. Press the Flash ( ) button. Fill in ( ). Red-eye ( ).In case of capturing still images during video recording English _39 . Automatically flashes when there is insufficient ambient light. Always uses the flash regardless of the surrounding brightness.During video recording .

• When the ( ) indicator disappears. Press the PHOTO button halfway down. • Photo images are compressed in JPEG (Joint Photographic Experts Group) format.) 1. Touch the movie image you want to play back. page 20 • If you press the PHOTO button during playback. • Still image is captured in 1920x1080 resolution regardless to the resolution of the recorded movies. • The playback screen is paused. 3. touch the up ( ) or down ( ) tab. • The movie image is captured as a photo image at the 16:9 screen ratios. 4. the camcorder stops playing and saves one image of the current movie scene that is paused. Touch the HD Movie ( HD) tab or SD Movie ( SD) tab. Press the PHOTO button fully down. • The thumbnail index view appears accordingly. • The Time Lapse movie images cannot be captured as a still image. • To change the current thumbnail page. • Set the appropriate storage media. HD SD 1/2 00:00:20 / 00:30:00 100-0001 9998 100-0001 40_ English .recording CAPTURING STILL IMAGES DURING MOVIE IMAGES PLAYBACK • This function works only in Play mode. (HMX-H104BP/HMX-H105BP/HMX-H1052BP/HMX-H106SP/HMX-H1062SP only) page 27 (If you want to record on a memory card. the still image is recorded on the storage media. insert the memory card. 2.

playback You can view recorded movie and photo images in thumbnail index view and play them in various ways. And the thumbnail highlight is on the latest recorded or played file. movie images are stored in HD and SD thumbnail index view. the thumbnail index view appears. <Record mode> STBY 00:00:00 [300Min] 9999 HD SD HD SD 1/2 1/2 or HD SD <Photo play mode> <Movie play mode> English _41 . • According to the resolution. If switch to the play mode. CHANGING THE PLAYBACK MODE • You can set the record mode and the play mode in turn with the MODE button. respectively. • You can also switch the record mode and the play mode by touching the mode tab on the lower left of the LCD screen. • The recorded movie and photo images are displayed in thumbnail index view.

it may take some time for the playback images to appear. page 20 You can find a desired movie image quickly using thumbnail index views. touch the up ( ) or down ( ) tab. (HMX-H104BP/HMX-H105BP/HMX-H1052BP/HMX-H106SP/HMX-H1062SP only) page 27 (If you want to play from a memory card. • The thumbnail index view appears accordingly. • Movies edited on a PC may not be displayed on this HD camcorder. Touch a desired movie image. This function works only in Play mode. • If you close the LCD screen while playing. • The selected movie image is played according to Play Option setting.The level can be adjusted anywhere between 0 and 19. you will not hear the sound from the speaker. • You can also turn the HD camcorder on by pressing the Power ( ) button.You can control the volume by using the decrease ( ) or increase ( LCD screen. • Depending on the amount of data to be played back. touch the Return ( ) tab. • The play related tabs disappear on the screen a few seconds after the image plays back. • Movies recorded on another camcorder cannot be played on this HD camcorder. They reappear when you touch any point of the screen. . W T HD SD 1/2 00:00:20 / 00:30:00 100-0001 Adjusting the volume • Touch the Volume ( ) tab on the LCD screen. insert the memory card. Touch the HD Movie ( HD) tab or SD Movie ( SD) tab. page 43 Open the LCD screen to turn on the power and press the MODE button to set Play ( ). 3. ) tab on the 00:00:20 / 00:30:00 100-0001 10 • You can hear the recorded sound from the built-in speaker. page 79 • To stop playback and return to the thumbnail index view. . 42_ English . • To change the current thumbnail page.) 2.PLAYING MOVIE IMAGES • • • 1. • Set the appropriate storage media. You can also use the playback related buttons on the remote control.

. it moves to the next movie. If you touch the Reverse skip ( within 3 seconds from the start of a movie. ( / ) ) tab 00:00:20 / 00:30:00 100-0001 Search playback ) / Forward search ( ) tab • During playback. during playback.FPS (Forward Playback Search) rate: x2 x4 x8 x2 • You can perform the same operation by using the remote control. If you touch the Reverse skip ( ).RPS (Reverse Playback Search) rate: x2 x4 x8 x2 . touch the Playback ( ) tab or press Playback/Pause button ( ) on the remote control.playback Various playback operations Playback / Pause / Stop • Play and Pause functions alternate when you touch the Playback ( )/Pause ( ) tab to stop playback. it moves to the beginning of the movie. • You can do the same operation by using the remote control. Skip playback ) / Forward skip ( ) tab during playback. ( / ) • To resume normal playback. each touch of the Reverse search ( increases the play speed. if you touch the Forward skip ( ) tab. ( / ) ) English _43 . • Touch the Reverse skip ( When playing the selected movie. it moves to the beginning of the previous movie. Touch the Return ( • You can do the same operation by using the remote control.

1/2. Frame by frame playback ) / Forward frame advance ( ) tab during • Touch the Reverse frame advance ( pause to begin the reverse/forward frame advance. • To resume normal playback. 1/4 1/8 • You can play the movie forward at the x1/2. • To resume normal playback. x1/4 and x1/8 speed by using the Slow ( ) 1/2.Slow playback • Touching the Reverse slow ( ) tab / Forward slow ( ) tab while paused will play the movie reverse/forward at the x1/2. 00:00:20 / 00:30:00 100-0001 44_ English . x1/4 and x1/8 speed. touch the Playback ( ) tab or press the Playback/ Pause ( ) button on the remote control. touch the Playback ( ) tab or press the Playback/Pause ( ) button on the remote control. 1/4 1/8 button on the remote control.

They reappear when you touch any point on the screen. 5. touch the up ( ) or down ( ) tab. page 20 • You can play back and view photo images recorded on the storage media. 4. Touch the Photo ( ) tab. 3.playback VIEWING PHOTO IMAGES • This function works only in Play mode.) 2. • To change the current thumbnail page. To return to the thumbnail index view. • Loading time may vary depending on the image size. (HMX-H104BP/HMX-H105BP/HMX-H1052BP/HMX-H106SP/HMX-H1062SP only) page 27 (If you want to playback images on a memory card. • Set the appropriate storage media. • To view the next image. touch the next image ( ) tab. • Place and hold your finger on the previous image ( )/next image ( ) tab to search for an image quickly. • The thumbnail index view appears. 1. • You can also turn the HD camcorder on by pressing the Power ( ) button. Open the LCD screen to turn on the power and press the MODE button to set Play ( ). touch the previous image ( ) tab. • To view the previous image. insert the memory card. Actually the image number is changed during search with images not changed. touch the Return ( ) tab. W T HD SD 1/2 1 / 12 100_0001 English _45 . Touch a desired photo image. • The play related tabs disappear on the screen a few seconds after play starts. Touch previous image ( )/next image ( ) tab to search the desired photo image. • Photo (JPEG) files created in the other devices cannot be played back in this HD camcorder.

• The menu will appear. stored in the boot-up flash memory. or Music). 2. page 58 • This camcorder has 7 tunes of background music by default. • All photo images are play back continuously in the set slide show option (Interval. • The background music cannot be created or edited. Slide Show Start Slide Show Option 1/2 Delete Protect 1 / 12 100_0001 46_ English . • To stop the slide show. page 80 ) tab • You can adjust the background music’s volume level using the Volume ( while in a slide show with music. Touch the Menu ( ) tab in the thumbnail index view or single image display mode. touch the Return ( ) tab.” • The ( ) indicator is displayed. 1. Starting a slide show begins to play back 7 background music in shuffle mode. Touch “Slide Show Start.To view a slide show You can enjoy a slide show with the background music. • A slide show is available also in the quick menu. Effect. A slide show starts from the current image.

touch the Return ( ) tab. Touch the up ( )/down ( )/left ( )/right ( ) tab to get the part you want in the centre of the screen. • While the playback zoom is in use.playback Zooming during photo playback You can magnify the playback photo image from the original size. Touch the image you want to magnify. HD SD 1/2 X1. Adjust the magnification with W (Wide angle)/T (Telephoto). 2. • You can zoom in from X1. 4.1 English _47 .0 by sliding the Zoom lever. • You cannot apply the playback zoom function to the images that are recorded on other devices. W T 1. Magnification can be adjusted with the Zoom lever or the Zoom button on LCD panel. other images cannot be selected. To cancel. 3. • The playback zoom function is available only in the photo play mode.1 to X8. • The screen is framed and the image is magnified starting from the centre of image.

48_ English . refer to your TV’s user manual. 2. Method 1 HD camcorder HD TV Method 2 HD camcorder HD TV Signal flow Signal flow Component/AV cable HDMI cable Connect your HD camcorder to a TV with the HDMI cable. Set the output signal for TV using the “Analogue TV Out” function. (The HDMI cable is an optional accessory.) 1.connection You can view the recorded movie and photo images on a large screen by connecting the HD camcorder to an HDTV or normal TV. Audio L/R) cable. page 89 Continued.. CONNECTING TO A TV Before connecting to a TV • The connection method and resolution may differ. • For more information about the connection. page 18 Connecting to a high definition TV To play back the HD-quality (1920x1080 or 1280x720) movie images. • Use the supplied AC power adaptor as the power source. depending on your TV and cables that are used. Connect your HD camcorder to a TV with t the Component/AV (Y/PB/PR.. you need a high definition TV (HDTV).

• Only a C-type to A-type HDMI cable can be used with this camcorder. Manual setting is not necessary. • When using HDMI. English _49 . the TV type is recognised and the video output resolution of the camcorder is automatically set.About HDMI (High Definition Multimedia Interface) • HDMI carries both video and audio signals over one cable and supplies high quality images and sound.” page 92 • When an HDMI cable is connected. Refer to the corresponding TV’s user manual for more details. <A-type HDMI cable> <C-type to A-type HDMI cable> • Use only the HDMI 1. • You can use the Anynet+ function by connecting the HD camcorder to a Samsung Anynet+ supported TV with the HDMI cable. the TV automatically turns on. • The HDMI jack on your HD camcorder is used only for output.3 cable when connecting to the HDMI jack of this camcorder. (It is one of the Anynet+ functions.) If you do not want to use Anynet+ function. it will override all other connections. • When the HD camcorder is connected to the Anynet+ supported TV with an HDMI cable. set “Anynet+ (HDMI-CEC)” to “Off.

page 89 • • • • • • 1. the images are downconverted to 720x576 standard definition images. make sure to match the colour of the cable plugs to the TV jacks. you cannot control the volume of the TV from the camcorder. When the HD camcorder is connected to a TV. Method 1 HD camcorder Method 2 HD camcorder Normal TV Signal flow Signal flow Normal TV Component/AV cable Component/AV cable 1. It is recommended to use the AC power adaptor as the power source. 2. page 89 If only a mono audio input is available on the TV set. • When playing back HD-quality (1920x1080 or 1280x720) movie images on a SDTV. 50_ English . Connect your HD camcorder to a TV with the Component/AV (Video. The exception to this is when following Method 2 above. When the camcorder is connected to a TV with more than one cable. Connect your HD camcorder to a TV with the ect Component/AV ( nt/AV (Y/PB/PR. the output signal is followed in the order of priority: HDMI output Component output Video output Do not use excessive force when connecting the cables. Set the camcorder’s output signal to the TV using the “Analogue TV Out” function.connection Connecting to a normal (standard definition) TV (16:9/4:3) • This connection is used when downconverting recorded HD-quality images to SD-quality images for playback. Set the camcorder’s output signal to the TV using the “Analogue TV Out” function. use the white plug (audio L) on the audio cable. the Blue plug may not match the Video input on your TV (usually Yellow). When connecting the Component/AV. Use the Blue plug with the yellow label to connect to the Video input on your TV. Audio L/R) cable. 2. Audio L/R) cable.

OSD (On-Screen-Display) does not appear on the TV screen. set the Analogue TV Output again. In this case. page 24 • When “TV Display” is set to off. page 20 • You can also turn the HD camcorder on by pressing the Power ( ) button. Refer to “Switching the information display mode” and press the Display ( ) button to switch the display status. 3. 2. recording or editing in play mode while viewing on a TV screen. If you have used any other analogue TV output mode. (Refer to your TV manual.) Recording LCD 16:9 16:9 Icon Subject TV 4:3 English _51 . • The remote control is useful when operating the HD camcorder while viewing an image on a TV screen. Turn on the TV and set the input source on the TV to the input connection the HD camcorder is connected to.Viewing on a TV screen 1. Open the LCD screen to turn on the power and press the MODE button to set Play ( ). page 90 • The default setting for Analogue TV Output is Component 1080i. check the Input setting of your TV. pages 42. • Refer to the TV’s instruction manual to see how to switch the TV input. Even if the Analogue TV Output is correctly set and the corresponding cable is connected. • You can also perform play. • You can also monitor the image on the LCD screen of the HD camcorder. Image display depending on TV screen ratio Recording type Images recorded in 16:9 ratio • Movie images • Photo capture images • Adjust the sound volume on the TV. Perform playback. 45 • The image on the HD camcorder appears on the TV screen. your TV may not display correctly. • Information that the HD camcorder is recording will appear on the TV screen: You can switch between the on-screen information display modes. when your TV does not display correctly.

• Refer to “editing movie images” to create a playlist by selecting desired scenes from those recorded on this HD camcorder. page 97 • Use the provided Component/AV (Video. such as VCRs or DVD/HDD recorders. 1. Press the MODE button to set Play ( ). then press VCR or DVD/HDD the record button on the connected device. Be sure to use the AC power adaptor to power the HD camcorder to prevent battery power from shutting off during dubbing on the other video device.” page 89 3. Signal flow recorder • The HD camcorder will start playback and the recording device will dub it. Choose the desired image to be dubbed.connection DUBBING IMAGES FROM THE CAMCORDER TO A VCR OR DVD/HDD RECORDER • You can dub images played back on you camcorder to other recording devices. Component/AV cable 52_ English . Audio L/R) cable to connect the HD camcorder to the other AV device. Set “Analogue TV Out” to “Composite. HD camcorder 2.

Quick menu provides easier access to frequently used menus without using the Menu ( • Menu and quick menu cannot be used in EASY Q mode. Q. Return ( ) tab: Use it to move to the previous menu or exit from the menu. For the accessible items. you can easily make your selection and navigate the menu. Access the desired menu screen by following the steps below and change the various settings. ) tab. • Using the touch panel.using the menu items You can operate the HD camcorder more efficiently by setting menus related to recording. Tungsten Custom WB Menu ( ) tab: Use it to enter the menu. Up ( ) / down ( ) tab: Use it to move to the previous or next page. STBY 00:00:00 [300Min] 9999 White Balance Photo Sharpness White Balance 2/6 Aperture Shutter 1/2 Auto Daylight Cloudy Fluorescent White Balance Storage W T SCENE Resolution Auto Daylight Cloudy WB EV Focus Flursc. • Accessible items in menu and quick menu vary depending on the operation mode. playback and setting.MENU button: Use it to enter the quick menu. Exit ( ) tab: Use it to exit from the menu. HANDLING MENUS AND QUICK MENUS • You can change the menu settings to customize your HD camcorder. English _53 . see pages 55-58.

STBY 00:00:00 [300Min] 9999 White Balance Auto Daylight 1/2 Cloudy Fluorescent When using the Q. ) tab: When using Menu ( 1.” • If the item is not on the screen. page 130 Storage SCENE Resolution WB EV Focus White Balance Auto Daylight Cloudy Flursc.” 3. 2.MENU button to enter the quick menu. touch the Exit ( ) tab or Return ( ) tab until the menu disappears.MENU button. Tungsten Custom WB 54_ English . touch the up ( ) or down ( ) tab to scroll up or down to the next group of options. touch the up ( ) or down ( ) tab to scroll up or down to the next group of options. To exit. Touch the desired option. • If the item is not on the screen. Refer to the troubleshooting for examples of unworkable combinations of functions and menu items. You cannot select the menu items grayed out on the screen. 4. 4. touch the Exit ( ) tab or Return ( There are some functions you cannot activate simultaneously when using the Menu ( ) tab or Q.MENU button: 1. Touch “WB. 3. Touch “White Balance. Touch the Menu ( ) tab. ) tab until the menu disappears. For example: setting the White Balance in Record mode. Press the Q. 2.Follow the instructions below to use each of the menu items listed after this page. To exit. Touch the desired option.

• For operation details.using the menu items MENU ITEMS • Accessible items in menu vary depending on the operation mode. Shot Wind Cut Digital Zoom Self Timer Time Lapse REC ) Movie ( )/ Photo ( / /X /X X/ X/ / / / / / / / /X / X/ /X / / /X / / ) : Possible X : Not possible Default value Auto [HD]1080/50i Fine 2880x1620 Normal Auto Auto Auto 0 Off Auto Off Off Off Off Off Off Off Off On Off Page 59 60 61 61 62 62 64 65 67 68 69 71 72 73 73 74 74 75 76 78 79 Quick View Guideline English _55 . Recording menu items ( Operating mode iSCENE Video Resolution Video Quality Photo Resolution Photo Sharpness White Balance Aperture Shutter EV Back Light Focus Digital Effect Fader Tele Macro Cont. see the corresponding page.

Time Zone Date/Time Set Date type Time Type Date/Time Display LCD Brightness ) Default value Memory Series Home 01/JAN/2009 JAN/2009 /2009 24 Hr Off 17 Page 81 81 82 82 83 84 84 84 85 85 56_ English Continued. Setting menu items ( Operating mode Storage Type * Storage Info Format File No. ..Playback menu items ( Operating mode Play Option Highlight Playlist Delete Protect Copy * Divide Combine File Info Slide Show Start ) Movie ( ) Photo ( X X X ) Default value Play All 1Sec Off On - Page 79 80 97~98 100 99 101 93 95 80 46 80 80 80 102 Edit X X X X X X X Interval Slide Show Option Effect Music Print Mark (DPOF) (memory card only) • Items marked with * are available only with (HMX-H104BP/HMX-H105BP/HMX-H1052BP/HMX-H106SP/ HMX-H1062SP models..

using the menu items Setting menu items ( Beep Sound Shutter Sound Auto Power Off Quick On STBY Remote PC Software USB Connect HDMI TV Out Analogue TV Out TV Connect Guide HDMI Component Composite ) Default value On On 5 Min 5 Min On On Mass Storage Auto Component 1080i On On On On Page 86 86 87 87 88 88 89 89 89 90 90 90 90 91 91 91 92 92 TV Display REC Lamp Default Set Language Demo Anynet+ (HDMI-CEC) • Some items will not appear depending on the storage media type. Refer to the Troubleshooting for examples of unworkable combinations of functions and menu items. page 130 • Items marked with * are available only with (HMX-H104BP/HMX-H105BP/HMX-H1052BP/HMX-H106SP/ HMX-H1062SP models. You cannot select the menu items that are grayed out on the screen.MENU button. English _57 . • There are some functions you cannot activate simultaneously when using Menu ( ) tab or Q.

• There are some functions you cannot activate simultaneously when using Menu ( You cannot select the menu items that are grayed out on the screen. see the corresponding page.MENU button. page 130 • Items marked with * are available only with (HMX-H104BP/HMX-H105BP/HMX-H1052BP/HMX-H106SP/ HMX-H1062SP only) models. 58_ English . Recording menu items Operating mode Storage * iSCENE Resolution WB EV Focus Movie ( ) / Photo ( / / / / / / ) Default value Memory Auto Movie: [HD]1080/50i. Refer to the troubleshooting for examples of unworkable combinations of functions and menu items. ) tab or Q.QUICK MENU ITEMS • Accessible items in quick menu vary depending on the operation mode. • For operation details. Photo: 2880x1620 Auto 0 Auto : Possible X : Not possible Page 81 59 60/61 62 67 69 Playback menu items Movie ( ) Photo ( ) Operating mode Default value Page Storage * Memory 81 Highlight X 80 Playlist X 97~98 (thumbnail) Delete 100 Edit X 93~95 File Info 80 Slide Show X 46 Protect 99 (thumbnail) Print Mark X 102 (memory card only) • Some items will not appear depending on the storage media type.

using the menu items RECORDING MENU ITEMS You can setup the menu items for movie and photo image recording. SCENE ( ) This HD camcorder automatically sets the shutter speed and aperture according to the subject brightness for optimum recording. Settings Auto • • • • Sports • • • • • • • • Contents Auto balance between the subject and the background. The shutter speed is automatically adjusted from 1/50 to 1/250 per second. Prevents overexposure of subject’s face. as in a wedding or on a stage. Controls the white balance according to indoor ambience. etc. Select it to record natural skin color. when strong light strikes the subject. in a place where light reflection is intense. etc. recording environment or purpose of filming. The shutter speed is automatically adjusted from 1/50 to 1/1000 per second. To be used in normal conditions. Prevents under exposure of subject’s face. such as at the beach in midsummer or on a ski slope. Select it to record the subtle candlelight. In this case. Reduces blurring when recording rapidly moving subjects such as in golf or tennis. On-screen display None Portrait Spotlight Beach/Snow Food Candle Light Indoor English _59 . You can also specify one of the following modes depending on subject conditions. Select it to give food rich color. depending on the scene. use the Auto mode for recording. the image may flicker. The portrait mode is most effective when used outdoors. If the Sports mode is used under a fluorescent light.

However.• You can check the selected iSCENE mode on the on-screen information display. “50i” indicates the camcorder will record in interlaced scan mode at 50 fields per second. • Regarding detailed image capacity. • This function will be set to “Auto” in the EASY Q mode. “50p” indicates the camcorder will record in progressive scan mode at 50 frames per second. Settings Contents [HD] 1080/50i [HD] 720/50p [SD] 576/50p Records in the Full HD (1920x1080 50i) format. (Manual Aperture/Manual Shutter Priority) Video Resolution ( ) On-screen display • You can select the resolution of movie image to be recorded. Records in the HD (1280x720 50p) format. see page 29. • When you specify “Aperture:Manual” or “Shutter:Manual. there is less space to record movie images in the memory. If the higher resolution is selected. “50p” indicates the camcorder will record in progressive scan mode at 50 frames per second. • High resolution images occupy more memory space than low resolution images. nothing will appear in Auto mode. Records in the SD (720x576 50p) format. VBR is an encoding system that automatically adjusts the bit rate according to the recording image.” the iSCENE mode is cancelled. This resolution is ideal for TV playback. 60_ English . • Recorded files are encoded with Variable Bit Rate (VBR).

If a higher resolution is selected. • For photo development. the finer the image quality. English _61 . but its quality is decreased. see page 29. Settings Super Fine Fine Normal Records in the highest quality. see page 29. Contents The lower quality of a movie image is. Settings 2880x1620 1920x1080 Contents Records in the 2880x1620 resolution. Photo Resolution ( ) On-screen display • You can select the resolution of photo image to be recorded. The recordable time of a movie image is increased. • Regarding detailed image capacity.using the menu items Video Quality ( ) On-screen display • You can select the quality of a movie to be recorded. • Regarding detailed image capacity. • Photo images that are recorded on your HD camcorder may not playback properly on other digital devices that do not support this photo size. there is less space to store photos in the memory. Records in the 1920x1080 resolution. the higher the resolution. Records in the high quality. • High resolution images occupy more memory space than low resolution images. the higher compression rate is. Records in the normal quality. • The number of recordable images varies depending on the recording environment.

Photo Sharpness ( Settings Normal Soft Sharp ) Contents On-screen display This function allows the user to obtain sharper photo images by processing the image after it is shot. The edges of the image are emphasized so it can be clearly viewed but a noise can be generated. This option is used when you make a recording in cloudy weather. Smoothes the edges of photo images. White Balance ( ) On-screen display None This HD camcorder automatically adjusts the colour of subject. Change the white balance setting depending on the recording conditions. This option is for when there is less than 3200K of tungsten light being used. The photo images appear with sharp edges and are suitable for printing. This controls the white balance according to the outdoor ambience. You can manually adjust white balance to match the light source or situation 62_ English . This option is used when you make a recording under white fluorescent lights. especially for close up and when the subject is of one dominant colour. Settings Auto Daylight Cloudy Fluorescent Tungsten Custom WB Contents This option is generally used to control the white balance automatically.

2. • Reset the white balance if lighting conditions change. • If the object that fills the screen is not focused.using the menu items Setting white balance manually: 1.).” • The “ Set White Balance” indicator is displayed. White thick paper STBY 00:00:00 [300Min] 9999 English _63 . • During normal outdoor recording. setting to auto may provide better results. the subject tint will differ depending on the white balance settings. Use this function for a more natural result. Frame a white object such as a piece of white paper so that it fills the screen. • Use an object that is not transparent. correct the focus using “Focus: Manual” page 69 ) tab. • Do not use a coloured object when setting white balance: The appropriate tint cannot be set. 3. Because the colour temperature is different depending on the light source. candlelight. • This function will be set to “Auto” in the EASY Q mode. fluorescent. Touch the OK ( • The white balance setting will be applied and ( ) indicator is displayed. Touch “Custom WB. • A subject can be shot under various types of lighting conditions indoors (natural. • It is recommended that you specify “Digital Zoom: Off” ( page 74) before setting white balance. etc.

You can adjust the overall image brightness by controlling the aperture. • When you specify “Aperture: Manual. • Closing the aperture (increase the aperture value) The range in focus expands forward and backward. You will see that the background is out of focus when you focus on the subject. Settings Auto Manual Contents This option automatically adjusts aperture value (F-Number) according to the environmental light conditions. This is similar to the way the pupil of the human eyes reacts to bright light. The available aperture range: F1.8 ~ F16 • The possible setting range for the aperture varies with zooming.Aperture ( ) On-screen display None FX. You will see that both the subject and the background are all in focus if you use a high aperture stop. Aperture F5. Setting the aperture manually: • Opening the aperture (reduce the aperture value) Objects closer and further away than the focused subject will be out of focus.X The aperture stop of a lens can be adjusted to control the amount of light reaching the image sensor.” the iSCENE mode is cancelled and “Shutter” is set to “Auto” automatically. (Manual Aperture Priority) 64_ English .6 • Touch the decrease ( ) or increase ( ) tab to adjust the aperture while viewing the image on the LCD screen.

Use these settings when an automatic adjustment does not work well with “Sports” mode in “iSCENE. Settings Auto Manual Contents The HD camcorder automatically sets the appropriate aperture value. Setting the shutter speed manually You can set the shutter speed manually. 1/500. or 1/10000. • Fast shutter speed allows a fast-moving subject to be captured one frame at a time vividly.1/XXX The HD camcorder automatically sets the shutter speed depending on the subject brightness. 1/1000. Shutter speed can be set to 1/50. A fast shutter speed can freeze the motion of a fast moving subject and a slow shutter speed can blur the subject to give the impression of motion. 1/120. 1/250. 1/4000.using the menu items Shutter ( ) On-screen display None S.” page 59 Shutter 1/50 English _65 . You can also manually adjust the shutter speed according to the scene conditions. 1/2000.

Recommended shutter speed when recording Shutter speed 1/50 Conditions The shutter speed is fixed at 1/50 second. 1/4000.” the iSCENE mode is cancelled and “Aperture” is set to “Auto” automatically. 1/500. The flickering that occurs when shooting under a florescent light or mercury-vapor lamp is reduced. Outdoor sports such as golf and tennis. Colour bands that appear when focusing on a TV screen become narrower. • This function will be set to “Auto” in the EASY Q mode. trains or other rapidly moving vehicles such as roller coasters. The shutter speed is fixed at 1/120 second. 1/10000 • The image may not seem smooth when a high shutter speed is set. 1/120 1/250. 66_ English . (Manual Shutter Priority) • In case of photo. • When you specify “Shutter: Manual. • When recording with a shutter speed of 1/1000 or higher. Indoor sports such as basketball. the maximum shutter speed is limited to 1/500. Moving cars. 1/1000 1/2000. make sure the sun is not directly shining into the lens.

0. Setting the exposure manually: When manually setting the exposure. Manual exposure is recommended in situations listed below: • When shooting using reverse lighting or when the background is too bright.” ) indicator and setting value are • The exposure value setting will be applied and the ( displayed. • When the background is overly dark or the subject is bright. You can also manually adjust the exposure depending on the recording conditions.0” and “+2. This function will be set to “0” in the EASY Q mode. the default setting appears as the value is automatically adjusted according to the environmental light conditions. English _67 . 0 • Exposure value can be set between “-2. Touch the decrease ( ) or increase ( ) tab to adjust the exposure while viewing the EV image on the LCD screen. • When shooting on a reflective natural background such as at the beach or when skiing.using the menu items EV (Exposure Value) ( ) The HD camcorder usually adjusts the exposure automatically.

• The subject is outdoors and the background is overcast. Back lighting influences recording when the subject is darker than the background: • The subject is in front of a window.Back Light ( Settings Off On ) Contents Disables the function. • The subject is against a snowy background. • Backlight compensation is executed. this function will compensate for lighting so that the subject is not too dark. <Back light off> <Back light on> 68_ English . This function will be set to “Off” in the EASY Q mode. • Backlight compensation brightens the subject quickly. • The person to be recorded is wearing white or shiny clothes and is placed against a bright background. • The light sources are too bright. On-screen display None When subject is lit from behind. the person’s face is too dark to distinguish his/her features.

) or further subject ( ) tab to 2. Touch the nearer subject ( adjust the focus. 1. You can also manually focus a subject depending on the recording conditions. English _69 . touch the further subject ( ) tab. it is better to use the automatic focus feature. When the HD camcorder is turned on. while viewing the subject on the LCD screen.using the menu items Focus ( ) On-screen display None The HD camcorder usually focuses on a subject automatically (auto focus). Focusing on a further subject To focus on a further subject. touch the nearer subject ( ) tab. the correct focus may not be obtained depending on the recording conditions. use the manual focus mode. Manual Focusing manually during recording This HD camcorder automatically focuses a subject from close-up to infinity.” • The manual focus adjustment indicator appears. Settings Auto Manual Touch Point Contents In most situations. • The adjusted value is applied right after touching the ( or ) tab. Focusing in a nearer subject To focus on a nearer subject. In this case. This function is to focus on the point you touch. <Nearer subject> <Further subject> • The nearer or further icon ( / ) appears in the centre when focus adjustment reaches the end. as it enables you to concentrate on the creative side of your recording. Manual focusing may be necessary under certain conditions that make automatic focusing difficult or unreliable. However. Touch “Focus” “Manual. auto-focus will always be set.

With auto focus. Focus on the particular point by touching the desired point. To exit.” 2. some close to the HD camcorder. • A person enveloped in fog or surrounded by snow. The auto focus function automatically adjusts the focus in the centre. you may obtain better results by adjusting the focus manually. 3. Touch “Focus” “Touch Point. • This function will be set to “Auto” in the EASY Q mode. • Check that the digital zoom function has been set before manual focusing. • A picture containing several objects. • If you are inexperienced in the use of HD camcorders. If the digital zoom is set. • The manual focus function can move the focus to the desired area. • People or objects moving constantly or quickly like an athlete or a crowd. refocusing is required. STBY 00:00:00 [300Min] 9999 • The focus function will alternate between manual focus and auto focus. others further away. If you use the zoom function after manual focusing. touch the Exit ( ) tab or Return ( ) tab until the menu disappears. Cancel the digital zoom function. 70_ English . no indication will appear on the screen.Touch Pointing Touch the desired point to focus in the square area on the touch panel. 1. • Very shiny or glossy surfaces like a car. In the following situations. we recommend that you use auto focus. you cannot correctly adjust the focus. • Use the zoom function to catch the desired target before manually adjusting the focus.

On-screen display None 1 2 3 4 This function will be set to “Off” in the EASY Q mode. There are 4 different digital effect options. creating a negative image.using the menu items Digital Effect ( ) The digital effect enables you to give a creative look to your recording. Settings Off Black & White Sepia Negative Art Contents Disables the function. This mode gives the images a reddish brown pigment. Select the appropriate digital effect for the type of picture that you wish to record and the effect you wish to create. This mode changes the images to black and white. This mode reverses the colours. English _71 . This mode gives the images a coarse effect.

Fader (

)

You can give your recording a professional look by using special effects such as fade in at the beginning of a sequence or fade out at the end of a sequence. On-screen Settings Contents display Off In Out In-Out Disables the function. As soon as you start recording, it will fade in. When the recording is done, it will fade out. When you start or stop recording, the fader will be function accordingly. None

Fade in Press the Recording start/stop button when “Fader” is set to “In.” Recording starts with a dark screen and then the image and sound are faded in. Fade out Press the Recording start/stop button when “Fader” is set to “Out.” Recording stops as the image and sound are faded out.

Fade In (Approx. 3 seconds)

Fade Out (Approx. 3 seconds)

Fade in-out Press the Recording start/stop button when “Fader” is set to “InOut.” Recording starts with a dark screen and then the image and sound are faded in. Recording stops as the image and sound are faded out. This function is disabled after being used one time.

72_ English

using the menu items
Tele Macro ( )
• This function is used to record a distant subject that is approaching. • The effective focal distance in the Tele macro mode is between 1 cm (0.4 inches) and 50 cm (19.7 inches). Settings Off On • • • • • • Disables the function. Tele macro is executed. Contents On-screen display None

When recording in Tele macro mode, the focus speed may be lowered. Use a tripod (not supplied) to prevent hand shake in the Tele macro mode. Avoid shadows when recording in the Tele macro mode. As the distance to the subject decreases, focusing area narrows. When you can not get proper focus, move the Zoom lever to adjust the focus. This function will be set to “Off” in the EASY Q mode.

Cont. Shot (

)
On-screen display None

• Continuous shot allows the user to take consecutive images of a moving object. • Records images continuously up to the storage capacity. Settings Off On Records only one photo image. 8 photo images are recorded in 1 second when the PHOTO button is pressed. Contents

• When “Cont. Shot” is set to “On,” the flash function is automatically set to off and the resolution is fixed to 1920 x 1080. • When “Cont. Shot” is set to “Off,” the resolution is reset to the previous setting but the flash function still remains Off. • When an error (memory full, etc) during continuous shot, the recording stops and an error message is displayed. English _73

Wind Cut (

)

You can reduce wind noise when recording sound from the built-in microphone. If “Wind Cut: On” is set, the low-frequency components in the sound picked up by the microphone will be cut off during recording: This makes it easier to hear voice and sound during playback. • Use the Wind Cut when recording in windy places such as a beach. Settings Off On Disable the function. Minimizes wind noise or other noise while recording. Contents On-screen display None

• When the “Wind Cut” is “On,” some low frequency sound is eliminated along with the sound of the wind. • Make sure the “Wind Cut” is set to “Off” when you want the microphone to be sensitive as possible.

Digital Zoom (

)

You can select the maximum zoom level in case you want to zoom to a level greater than optical zoom magnification. Up to 10x zoom is performed digitally.
This right side of the bar shows the digital zooming factor. The zooming zone appears when you select the zooming level.

Settings Off On

Contents Up to 10X zoom is performed optically. Up to 10X zoom is performed optically, and after that, up to 10X zoom is performed digitally. (Zooming more than 10X is achieved digitally, up to 100X when combined with optical zoom.)

On-screen display None None

• The image quality may deteriorate depending on how much you zoom in on the subject. • Maximum zooming may result in lower image quality.

74_ English

10 <When recording a movie image> English _75 . press the Recording start/stop button. To take photo images. recording begins automatically in 10 seconds. recording starts automatically. press the PHOTO button. • If you want to cancel the self timer function before recording. To record movie images. • At the last second of the countdown. press the Recording start/stop or PHOTO button again. • Self timer starts counting down from 10 with a beep sound. Recording begins automatically in 10 seconds by pressing the Recording start/stop or PHOTO button. ) Contents On-screen display None When you use the self timer function. Self timer recording 1. • Using a tripod (not supplied) is recommended during self record. • This function is disabled after being used one time.” 2.using the menu items Self Timer ( Settings Off 10 Sec Disable the function. Set “Self Timer” to “10 Sec.

After setting the Time Lapse REC mode. you need to set the recording interval and total recording time in the menu. STBY 00:00:00 [300Min] 1Sec/24Hr 9999 7. the changes in daylight or blooming flowers. When you start movie recording. 1. 1/1 4. Interval”: ubject 1 3 5 Sec Time Lapse REC 5. Touch the up ( )/down ( ) tab to set a desired recording interval (“Sec”). • This function is useful to observe the movement of clouds. Interval REC limit • “REC Limit” Total recording time. Settings Off On Disables the function. Touch “Time Lapse REC” and touch “On.. Time Lapse REC 2. Continued. REC Time : 28Min 48Sec 24 48 72 Hr • While you set the preparatory settings (recording interval and total recording time). Touch the Menu ( ) tab. then touch the up ( )/down ( ) tab to set a total recording time (“HR”). images are automatically captured and saved in storage media at every 1 second for 24 hours. To exit.Time Lapse REC ( ) • Time Lapse REC records still images at specific intervals you can set and plays them as one movie file. 6. 76_ English .” On • The recording interval and total recording time items are displayed. the [HD]720/50P SF approximate time-lapse recording time will be displayed on the menu screen. press the Recording start/stop button. • The Time Lapse REC starts. (Sound is not available. touch the Exit ( ) tab or Return ( ) tab repeatedly until the menu disappears. Contents On-screen display None Setting the Time Lapse REC mode: To record in the Time Lapse REC mode. etc. from the beginning to the end of the interval REC Limit”: ecording ng 1 24 HR Sec/ recording. Off 3. Touch hour field. • “Interval” Image of the subject is captured by set interval. images of the subject are captured and saved to the storage media by set interval and total recording period. • While playing back. it will display 50 images per second. Touch the up ( )/down ( ) tab until “Time Lapse REC” is displayed.) For example.. if the recording interval was “1” second and the total recording time was “24” hours.

) • • • • • • • • • • • This function is disabled after being used one time. When the battery is exhausted during Time Lapse REC. English _77 . Since the minimum length of a video to be saved by your camcorder is one second. a new recording file is automatically started at that point. When a video recording fills up 1. it switches to the standby mode. Even though the subject is moved. Press the Recording start/stop button if you want to stop the Time Lapse REC. We recommend using the AC power adaptor when using the Time Lapse REC function. if you set the interval to “3 Sec. the interval defines how long the Time Lapse Recording should be taken. When memory runs out while performing Time Lapse REC.” Time Lapse Recording should be taken for at least 3 minutes to record a minimum video length of 1 second (50 images). it saves recording up to that point and switches to standby mode. then turns off automatically. the [HD]720/50p resolution and Super Fine quality are supported only. the focus cannot be changed. For Time Lapse REC. For example.8GB of storage media. During Time Lapse REC. it displays a warning message.Example of Time Lapse REC Total time for recording Recording interval Timeline Time for recording on the storage media (a video clip of Time Lapse REC) HD SD 00:00:20 / 00:20:00 100-0001 Time Lapse REC records image frames at the predefined interval over the total recording time to produce a timelapse video. the camcorder switches to the standby mode after saving what was recorded so far. 50 captured images compose a video of 1 second length. Time Lapse REC is useful for fi lming in the following situations: • Blooming flowers • Insect’s skin-casting • Clouds rolling by in the sky 00:00:25 / 00:20:00 100-0001 00:00:30 / 00:20:00 100-0001 00:00:35 / 00:20:00 100-0001 1/2 (The Time Lapse movie file appears with the Time Lapse REC ( ) icon. After a while. Once the Time Lapse REC finishes recording for its total recording time. Audio is not recorded during Time Lapse Recording. the zoom and focus functions are fixed so that you cannot change the settings.

) Contents On-screen display None None This function enables you to check the just recorded movie or photo without switching to the play mode. press the PHOTO button. To take photo images. Selecting “No” in the delete confirm screen will quit the Quick View. Using the Quick View 1. Set “Quick View” to “On. • The Quick View ( ) appears on the centre of the screen in STBY mode. • For photo images recorded with the Cont. only the most recent file is played.using the menu items Quick View ( Settings Off On Disable the function. You can review the recording immediately in STBY mode. Shot. and switch to STBY mode. 3. Touch the Quick View ( ) tab to review the recording. press the Recording start/stop button and press the button to stop recording again.” 2. STBY 00:00:00 [300Min] 9999 00:00:20 / 00:30:00 100_0001 Quick View • Touch the Delete ( ) tab to delete the recording which is being played back. 4. 78_ English . touch the Return ( ) tab. To record movie images. To quit the Quick View.

Enables you to place the subject in the centre square for proper positioning. Plays the selected movie image only and returns to the thumbnail index view.Guideline ( ) • Guideline displays certain patterns on the LCD screen so that you can easily set the image composition when recording movie or photo images. • The guidelines on the screen do not appear on the images actually recorded. English _79 . Play Option ( Settings Play All Play One Repeat All Repeat One ) Contents Plays movie images continuously starting from the selected image to the last one.35:1 for top and bottom. Enables you to centre the subject for proper recording. Settings Off Disable the function. ) tab is touched. Contents On-screen display None PLAYBACK MENU ITEMS You can setup these menu items for playing movie and photo images. • The HD camcorder provides 3 types of guidelines. then returns to the thumbnail index view. Enables you to place the subject within a safety zone which prevents it being cut when editing in the 4:3 for left and right and 2. Repeats playing all the video clips until the Return ( Repeats playing the selected video only until the Return ( ) tab is touched. On-screen display You can setup play options for movie image playback. • Positioning the subject at the cross point of the guideline makes a balanced composition.

File Info File Info ( ) Date Duration Size Resolution 100VIDEO HDV_0001. You can view the file name. Plays 5 seconds of each 1 minute section. Plays 5 seconds of each 2 minute section. 30 sec. Loading time may vary depending on the photo image size. 4 to 30 sec. 80_ English . Effect. to 5 min. Shows a section of recorded movie images at random according to the total play time and number of files.using the menu items Highlight ( Settings ) Contents Shows a section of the videos that were created within the last 24 hours. etc. to 30 min. Recent All Over 30 min. JAN. Photo images play back continuously in the set slide show interval (1sec or 3sec).MP4 : 01. Highlight Playback Time Full playback Plays 5 seconds. Continuously plays back photo images with the fade in / out effect between image transitions. On-screen display Time Recorded Less than 4 sec. 5 min. Plays 5 seconds of each 5 minute section. You can turn the built-in background music on or off. to 10 min.21GB : HD 1080 50i F It shows the image information. and Music). created date and size. 10 min. Plays 5 seconds of each 30 second section. Shows a section of all movie images. Slide Show Option ( Settings Interval Effect Music ) Contents On-screen display None None None You can set the slide show option (Interval. 2009 : 00:12:21 : 1.

which cannot store any movie or photo data. available space. You can view the used space. OSD language.” (HMX-H100P/HMX-H1000P only) • When you format the built-in memory or memory card. a minimum of 40 MB is assigned for system storage. Storage Type (HMX-H104BP/HMX-H105BP/HMX-H1052BP/HMX-H106SP/HMX-H1062SP only) You can record movie and photo images on the built-in memory or a memory card. So you can find out how long you will be able to record on the storage media. and display settings of the HD camcorder. video output. available space. Settings Memory Card Contents Records or play backs images in the built-in memory. On-screen display Storage Info This shows you the storage information (the storage media. used space and available space. so you should select the desired storage media before starting recording or playback.8GB [HD]1080/50i Super Fine : 236Min Fine : 285Min Normal : 365Min English _81 . and the recordable time on the memory card.SETTING MENU ITEMS You can setup the date/time. Records or play backs images in a memory card. Settings Memory Card Contents You can view the used space.7MB ● Free: 29. (HMX-H104BP only) ● Used: 41. Memory • The memory card’s information appears by touching “Storage Info. recordable time according to the quality). Make sure to set the appropriate storage media. and the recordable time on the built-in memory.

The file number is reset when a new folder is created. Settings Memory Card You can format the built-in memory. Contents On-screen display None None • If you execute the format function. You can format the memory card. • The memory card format is executed by touching “Format. We recommend using the AC power adaptor when formatting. Settings Series Contents Assigns file numbers in sequence even if the memory card is replaced with another one or after formatting or deleting all files. Use “Reset” when the folder and files cannot be created anymore because the camcorder has reached its limit. including protected files. File numbers are assigned to images in the order they were recorded. Resets the file number to 0001 even after formatting or deleting all files or inserting a new memory card.using the menu items Format You can use the “Format” function to completely delete all files and options on the storage media. On-screen display None Reset None 82_ English . • A memory card with the protection tab set to lock will not be formatted. • Formatting the storage media using a different device will cause a “Not Formatted” error. page 30 • Format does not perform if the battery is low. all files will be deleted completely and the erased files cannot be recovered.” (HMX-H100P/HMX-H1000P only) File No.

Settings Home Contents • The clock will be used according to your setting on the “Date/Time Set” menu. Lisbon Rome. Muscat Kabul Tashkent. Ankara Moskva. On-screen display None Visit Cities used to set the time zone Cities London. Beijing. Washington D. Houston. English _83 . • The clock will be adjusted in accordance with the time difference between the two locations. Dallas. Mexico City New York.03:00 . Tahiti Alaska LA. Paris. Riyadh Teheran Abu Dhabi.02:00 .11:00 . Miami. New Delhi Almaty.01:00 The times here are based on GMT (Greenwich Mean Time). it allows you to use the local time without changing your hometown time setting. Frankfurt Athens.05:00 . Salt Lake City Chicago. Madrid. Stockholm. Helsinki.09:00 . Cairo.08:00 . Midway Honolulu.C. Seattle Denver. Taipei. • When you visit a different time zone. Brisbane Solomon Islands Wellington.Time Zone You can easily set the clock to the local time when using your camcorder while traveling. Berlin. Hawaii. Vancouver.. Sao Paulo Fernando de Noronha Azores. • Select it when using this camcorder for the first time or when returning the clock to your hometown date/time setting. Montreal. Pyongyang Time zone + 00:00 + 01:00 + 02:00 + 03:00 + 03:30 + 04:00 + 04:30 + 05:00 + 05:30 + 05:45 + 06:00 + 06:30 + 07:00 + 08:00 + 09:00 Cities Adelaide Guam. Brasilia. San Francisco. Karachi Calcutta.10:00 . Sydney. Fiji Samoa. Manila Seoul. Atlanta Caracas. Phoenix. Tokyo.04:00 .07:00 . Santiago Buenos Aires. Kathmandu Dacca Yangon Bangkok Hong Kong. Cape Verde Time zone + 09:30 + 10:00 + 11:00 + 12:00 .06:00 . Singapore.

Displays the date in the order of day. On-screen display 12:00 AM 00:00 This function depends on “Date/Time Display” setting. Displays the date in the order of day. month (two-digit) and day. month and year. 84_ English . Displays the date in the order of month. Settings 12 Hr 24 Hr Contents The time is displayed in 12 hour units. day and year. Settings 2009/01/01 JAN/01/2009 01/JAN/2009 01/01/2009 Contents Displays the date in the order of year. The time is displayed in 24 hour units. page 25 Date Type You can select the desired date type. On-screen display 2009/01/01 JAN/01/2009 01/JAN/2009 01/01/2009 This function depends on “Date/Time Display” setting. Time Type You can select the time format to display.using the menu items Date/Time Set Set the current date and time so they can be recorded correctly. month (two-digit) and year.

you can adjust LCD brightness. • Before you use the “Date/Time Display” function.The built-in rechargeable battery becomes weak or dead. Settings Off Date Time Date & Time Contents Current date and time information is not displayed. Displays the current date and time. • This function depends on “Date Type” and “Time Type” setting. Adjusting the LCD screen does not affect the brightness of the image to be recorded. • You can set values for LCD brightness between 0 and 35.7 inch wide colour Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) screen. Displays the current time. Displays the current date. • Depending on the conditions under which you are using the HD camcorder (indoors or outdoors for example). LCD Brightness • Your HD camcorder is equipped with a 2. you must set the date and time. LCD Brightness 17 English _85 . • Touch the decrease ( ) or increase ( ) tab to increase or decrease the value of a desired item.Date/Time Display You can set the date and time to display on the LCD screen. which enables you to view what you are recording or playing back directly. page 25 On-screen display None 01/JAN/2009 00:00 01/JAN/2009 00:00 • The date/time will read “01/JAN/2009 00:00” in the following conditions: .

In case of using the PHOTO button during video recording 86_ English . the shutter will sound with each press of the PHOTO button. the power on/off sound is off. When on. On-screen display None None • The beep sound is off when recording in movie mode. a beep will sound every time a button is pressed. On-screen display None None The shutter sound is not heard in the following conditions: . Settings Off On Contents Disables the function. Settings Off On Contents Disables the function. • When beep sound is set to off.using the menu items Beep Sound You can turn the beep sound on or off. Shutter Sound You can turn the shutter sound on or off. When on.

• Turning off the camcorder after use is always recommended to reduce the energy consumption. the power turns off. Component/AV) or the USB cable is connected to the camcorder. English _87 . Once you are ready to record again.Auto Power Off You can set the HD camcorder to automatically turn off when there is no operation for 5 minutes. • While the Quick On STBY function is in operation. however. playing (except pause). Quick On STBY When are going to record frequently for an extended time. you can effectively use the Quick On STBY function for the frequent shooting conditions in the specified time schedule. • While in recording. the power turns off. 5 Min After staying in Quick On STBY mode for 5 minutes. use the Quick On STBY function.When a video cable (HDMI.When the LCD screen is open. . 20 Min After staying in Quick On STBY mode for 20 minutes. • When entering Quick On STBY mode. the HD camcorder will automatically turn off if there is no operation for 5 minutes. closing the LCD screen will commence the Quick On STBY mode to reduce energy consumption. On-screen Settings Contents display Off Without entering Quick On STBY mode. Settings Off 5 Min Contents The HD camcorder does not turn off automatically. the power turns off.When operating the buttons on the camcorder. the power turns off. the power is off automatically.If the LCD screen was not closed in the video standby mode. In standby mode. • The Quick On STBY mode is not available in the following conditions: . this function enables to the camcorder to come on quickly from the power saving mode. . • While the Demo function is in operation. • When the HD Camcorder is connected to the AC adapter. Photo slide show. . On-screen display None None Auto Power Off does not work in the following situations: • When a USB cable is connected. • After the time is set in “Quick On STBY”. 10 Min After staying in Quick On STBY mode for 10 minutes. For power saving purposes. the Mode indicator blinks.

• The editing software runs automatically once the camcorder is connected to a PC using a USB cable and the PC Software is set to On. On-screen Settings Contents display Recognises this camcorder as a USB mass storage device with PC software not Off None executed. Automatically runs the editing PC software stored in this camcorder to the PC None On connected. On-screen display None None PC Software • Editing application software for PC is stored in the boot-up flash memory of this camcorder. For more information about the built-in editing software on your camcorder. Settings Off On Contents Disable the function. refer to pages 108~111.using the menu items Remote This function allows you to enable or disable the remote control for use with the HD camcorder. The ( You can control the HD camcorder with the remote control. ) indicator appears when you use the remote control. 88_ English .

Select it when connecting to an SD resolution TV that supports progressive scan. English _89 . Settings Auto 576p Contents According to the connected TV type. Contents On-screen display None None HDMI TV Out You can set the HDMI video output to match the TV you have connected. you must check the right method for the TV output by le. Audio L/R). Connect to a PictBridge printer.USB Connect Using the USB cable. when using the component/AV cable. Therefore. you can connect your HD camcorder to a PC to copy your movie images and photo images from the storage media. Settings Component 1080i Component 576p Component 576i Composite Contents Use this setting only when connecting to an Full HDTV (1920 x 1080). • This HD camcorder provides the two-in-one component/AV cable that fits the purpose of the component and the AV cable. (Video. setting the “Analogue TV Out” menu. On-screen display The OSD indicators for the Analogue TV Out setting are displayed only when the component/AV cable is connected. the video resolution is automatically set. Settings Mass Storage PictBridge Connect to a PC. or to a printer to print your photo images. Select when connecting to an SD resolution TV that does not support progressive scan. Select this when you connected the camcorder to a TV that only has a composite jack. Select it when connecting to an SD resolution TV that supports progressive scan. On-screen display None None Analogue TV Out • You can set the component or composite video output to match the TV you have connected.

Audio L/R) cable to TV. Select this when you want to know how to connect a composite (Video. Audio L/R) cable to TV. This allows you to set the OSD for viewing on the TV. On-screen display None None 90_ English . Select this when you want to know how to connect a component (Y/PB/PR. On-screen display None None None TV Display You can select the output path of the OSD (On-Screen Display). The OSD appears in the LCD screen and a TV. Settings HDMI Component Composite Contents Select this when you want to know how to connect an HDMI cable to a TV. Settings Off On Contents The OSD appears in the LCD screen only.using the menu items TV Connect Guide Shows information on cables and jacks used to connect the camcorder to a TV.

REC Lamp You can turn the recording indicator on or off that lights during video or photo recording. page 26 “English” “ 한국어 ” “Français” “Deutsch” “Italiano” “Español” “Português” “Nederlands” “Svenska” “Suomi” “Norsk” “Dansk” “Polski ” “Čeština” “Slovensky” “Magyar” “Română” “Български” “Ελληνικά” “Srpski” “Hrvatski” “Украϊнська” “Русский” “ ” “ไทย” “Türkçe” “ ” “ ” “IsiZulu” “Language” options may be changed without prior notice. English _91 . Contents On-screen display None None Default Set You can restore menu settings to default (initial settings at the factory) pages 55-58 Initializing the HD camcorder settings to factory defaults does not affect recorded images. Recording indicator is on during recording. Language You can select a desired language to display the menu and messages. Settings Off On Disables the function.

Display ( ). refer to your Samsung TV’s user manual. Anynet+ is executed. Settings Off On Disables the function. You can use the Anynet+ function by connecting the HD camcorder to an Anynet+ supported TV with an HDMI cable and by setting “Anynet+ (HDMI-CEC)” to “On.MENU.” For more details. Settings Off On Contents Disables the function. • You can release the Demo function as follows: .using the menu items Demo Demonstration automatically shows you the major functions that are included with your HD camcorder so that you may use them more easily. Contents On-screen display None None 92_ English .) • The Demo is not available if Auto Power Off is set to 5min. Activates demonstration mode and shows various features. Q. EASY Q. Anynet+ (HDMI-CEC) Anynet+ is an AV network system that enables you to control all connected Samsung AV devices with an Anynet+ supported Samsung TV remote control. On-screen display None None • The Demo function will automatically come on after 5 minutes has passed in STBY mode.Touching any point on LCD screen / changing mode / pressing the button (Recording start/stop. or PHOTO etc.

• The message “Divide a file at this point?” will appear. Touch the HD Movie ( HD) tab or SD Movie ( SD) tab. 4.” • The selected movie image is divided into two movie images. . Touch the pause ( ) tab at the point of division. you can also combine other desired movie images (see page 95). 2/2 Protect Copy Edit File Info Edit Divide Combine 1/1 Divide 1/2 00:15:00 / 00:30:00 100_0001 Divide English _93 . 2. Search the point of division by touching the playback related ( . You can keep dividing images as long as they are 3 seconds in length. Touch a desired movie image. • The second image of the divided image will be displayed at the end of the thumbnail index. DIVIDING A MOVIE IMAGE • This function works only in Play mode. 6. . Movie image editing cannot be performed when the battery is low. touch the up ( ) or down ( ) tab to change the page. or ) tabs. . • If you want to delete an unwanted section of a movie image. then touch the Cutting ( ) tab.” • If the movie image thumbnail you want to edit is not on the screen. The movie images will be divided in groups of two. and then delete the image (section) you no longer need. • The selected movie image will be paused. divide the movie first. To divide a movie image 1. • The thumbnail index view appears accordingly. . Touch “Yes. 5. Touch the Menu ( ) tab “Edit” “Divide. 3. After dividing the movie image. page 20 • You can divide a movie image as many times as you want in order to delete a section you no longer need.editing movie images You can edit recorded movie images in various ways.

Touch “Yes. 1/2 Play Option Highlight 1/2 Playlist Delete Delete Select Files All Files 1/1 Delete 0~60 seconds 31~60 seconds 0~30 seconds • The movie image is divided into two movie images.The time lapse movie images cannot be divided. 3. Touch the OK ( ) tab. . When the movie image is divided.Photo images cannot be divided. Touch the Menu ( 2. 3. After image is divided at 30 second point. You can also access it by using the Q.” You can perform the Divide function when there is at least 9MB of memory space remaining on the built-in memory or memory card.MENU button.” • The selected images will be deleted. the first image of the divided images is stored in the playlist again. Touching the thumbnail image toggles between the thumbnail image being selected for deletion (the ( ) indicator appears on image) or not (the ( ) indicator is removed from image). . Before dividing 2.”  Touch “Divide. 94_ English . The division point may drift before or after the designated point by approximately 0. page 99 Slow playback is useful when designating division points. • The ( ) indicator is displayed on the selected images. 1. 0~30 seconds • • • • • • • • You can not delete a protected image.To delete a movie image you no longer need ) tab  “Delete.MENU button. Press the Q. .5 seconds. After deleting first image. Touch “Select Files” • Touch a desired movie image to select it for deletion. A movie image can be divided into maximum 99 files. Cannot divide the video: .” 1.You can continue dividing a scene after the first 3 seconds from the start of playback or before the last 3 seconds to the end of playback.You can not divide a video shorter than 6 seconds. You must first release the protect function to delete it. Example: You can divide a movie image into two in order to delete a section you no longer need.  Touch “Edit. The message according to the selected option will appear.

• The thumbnail index view appears accordingly.” • The thumbnail of the first movie image will appear in the combined movie image.” A maximum of 2 movie images can be combined at a time.” • If the movie image thumbnail you want to edit is not on the screen. You can also access it by using the Q. For example. touch the up ( ) or down ( ) tab to scroll to the next group of options.MENU button. if there is one movie image recorded at [HD] 720/50p and two movie images at [HD] 1080/50i. Touch “Edit.” Touch “Combine. 2. 3. Touch movie images to be combined. Touch the OK ( ) tab. Touch the Menu ( ) tab “Edit” “Combine. The message “Combine selected two files?” will appear. The original movie images will not be preserved. • You cannot select and combine two different resolution images. Touch “Yes. You must first release the protect function to paste it. 1.8GB. English _95 . • The ( ) indicator is displayed on the selected movie images. • Touching the movie thumbnail image toggles between the movie thumbnail image being selected for combining(the ( ) indicator appears on image) or not (the ( ) indicator is removed from image). 4. page 20 • You can combine two different movie images. you can combine only the two movie images recorded at [HD] 1080/50i. Combine is not available if the total size of the two files to be combined exceeds 1. page 99 The two movie images are combined in the selected order and restored as one movie image. The time lapse movie images cannot be combined. • • • • • • • • • • Protect Copy 2/2 Edit File Info Edit Divide Combine 1/1 Combine 1/2 1 2 It is impossible to combine movie images with different resolutions. 5. You can perform the Combine function when there is at least 9MB of memory space remaining on the built-in memory or memory card.editing movie images COMBINING TWO MOVIE IMAGES • This function works only in Play mode. Press the Q.MENU button. Touch the HD Movie ( HD) tab or SD Movie ( SD) tab. You can not combine protected images. not the movie image at [HD] 720/50p. Photo images cannot be combined.

In addition.JAN. Since the playlist is not created by copying data.2009 2009 Movie image 1 Movie image 2 Movie image 3 Movie image 4 30. 12. the original movie image will not be erased.2009 . JAN. When creating or deleting a playlist.2009 Movie image 5 Movie image 6 Movie image 7 10:00 10:30 11:30 14:00 16:10 18:20 20:00 Playlist 96_ English . it will consume little of the storage capacity.PLAYLIST What’s a “Playlist?” The playlist is created by gathering your favourite recorded movie images.2009 JAN. adding or deleting movie images from a playlist does not affect the original movie images.

Touch “Playlist” “HD” or “SD” (creating playlist according to movie resolution) Menu ( ) tab “Add.” • When creation of a playlist is completed.” 3. 2. page 20 • You can create a playlist on this HD camcorder by gathering your favourites from the recorded movie images. • The ( ) indicator is displayed on the selected movie images. 1. Touch “Yes. • Touching the movie thumbnail image toggles between the movie thumbnail image being selected for creating a playlist (the ( ) indicator appears on image) or not (the ( ) indicator is removed from image). • The message “Add selected files to Playlist?” will appear. Press the Q. 5. Touch the OK ( ) tab. You cannot select two different resolution images for placement in the playlist. You can add a movie image to the playlist in the same manner as above. Touch the Menu ( ) tab “Playlist. Since the playlist is not created by copying data. the thumbnail view of the playlist will appear. You can also access it by using the Menu ( ) tab. page 42 • • • • Up to 9999 movie images can be included in the playlist.” Storage Highlight Playlist Delete Edit File Info Playlist HD SD Add Arrange 1/1 Delete Add 1/2 English _97 . Select and touch movie images to add to the playlist.editing movie images Creating the playlist • This function works only in Play mode. 4. • You can play a playlist in the same manner as you play a movie image. you will consume little of the storage capacity.MENU button.

then touch the OK ( ) tab. 3. 4. Touch “Playlist” “HD” or “SD” (deleting playlist according to movie resolution) Menu ( ) tab “Delete. 1.” 2. • The message “Delete selected files from Playlist?” will appear.Arranging the order of movie images within a playlist You can arrange movie images within a playlist by moving them to the desired positions. • A bar will also appear next to the movie image. Touch “Playlist” “HD” or “SD” (arranging playlist according to movie resolution) Menu ( ) tab “Arrange. • The ( ) indicator is displayed on the selected movie images. Add Arrange 1/1 Delete Delete 1/1 98_ English . 1.” • The selected movie image will be moved to the new position. • The ( ) indicator is displayed on the movie images selected for deletion.” • The selected playlists will be deleted. Touch the OK ( ) tab. Add Arrange 1/1 Delete Arrange 1/1 Deleting movie images from a playlist You can delete undesired movie images within the playlist. Touch the movie image to be moved. Touch “Yes. 3. • Touching the movie thumbnail image toggles between the movie thumbnail image being selected for deleting from the playlist (the ( ) indicator appears on image) or not (the ( ) indicator is removed from image). • The message “Arrange the selected file in this order?” will appear. • Touching the movie thumbnail image toggles between the movie thumbnail image being selected for arranging within the playlist (the ( ) indicator appears on image) or not (the ( ) indicator is removed from image). Touch the previous ( ) or next ( ) tab to move the bar to the position of your choice.” 2. Touch the movie images to be deleted. Touch “Yes. Arrange 4.

• If the write protection tab on the memory card is set to lock. Touch the OK ( ) tab. Touch the Menu ( 3. Touch the desired option tab on the screen (“Select Files” “All On” or “All Off”). To protect individual images. Touch the HD Movie ( HD) tab.” 2. and copy.” • “All Off”: Releases the protected images all at once. you cannot set image protection. Touch “Yes. or Photo ( ) tab. 4. To protect all images. all files including protected files will be erased. Touching the thumbnail image toggles between the thumbnail image being selected for protection (the ( ) indicator appears on image) or not (the ( ) indicator is removed from image). page 30 Edit File Info Protect Select Files All On 1/1 All Off Protect 1/2 English _99 . The ( ) indicator is displayed on the selected movie images. deletion. the selected images will be protected. ) tab “Protect. touch the images in order to select them for protection. • It operates identically in the full image display. The message according to the selected option will appear. • If you execute formatting. simply touch “All On. SD Movie ( SD) tab.” • After completing. page 82 2/2 Protect Copy 1. • Protected images will show the ( ) indicator when they are displayed. PROTECTION FROM ACCIDENTAL ERASURE • This function works only in Play mode. • “Select Files”: Protects individual images. Image management cannot be performed when the battery is low. • “All On”: Protects all images.image management This chapter describes information about movie or photo file management tools such as protection. page 20 • You can protect important images from accidental erasure.

Touch the desired option tab on the screen (“Select Files” or “All Files”). Touch the HD Movie ( HD) tab.DELETING IMAGES • This function works only in Play mode.” 4. page 82 • You can also access it by using the Q. SD Movie ( SD) tab. you cannot delete. activate the image protection. page 30 • You can also format the storage media to delete all the images at once. page 99 You must release the protect function to delete the image. Touch “Delete. Be aware that all files and data including protected files will be erased.MENU button. • If the write protection tab on the memory card is set to lock. 1. The message according to the selected option will appear.MENU button. Press the Q. Touching the thumbnail image toggles between the thumbnail image being selected for deletion (the ( ) indicator appears on image) or not (the ( ) indicator is removed from image). The ( ) indicator is displayed on the selected images. page 20 • You can erase the images recorded on the storage media. page 99 • The protect ( ) indicator will blink if you try to delete a image that was previously protected. or Photo ( ) tab.” Play Option Highlight 1/2 Playlist Delete Delete Select Files All Files 1/1 Delete 1/2 100_ English . Touch the Menu ( 3.” • After completion.” 2. the deleted files also disappear in the playlist. simply touch “All Files. selected images will be deleted. (Accordingly. page 97) • It operates identically in the full image display. Touch the OK ( ) tab. • To protect important images from accidental deletion. Touch “Yes. To delete all images. touch images in order to select them for deletion. • “Select Files”: Deletes individual images. • An image that has been deleted cannot be recovered. • “All Files”: Deletes all images. ) tab “Delete. To delete individual images.

Protect Copy 2/2 Edit File Info Copy Select Files All Files 1/1 Copy 1/2 Remain:2GB Remaining free space in the • It operates identically in the full image display. English _101 . • Be sure to connect AC power adaptor when using copy function. Touch the Menu ( 3.image management COPYING IMAGES (HMX-H104BP/HMX-H105BP/HMX-H1052BP/HMX-H106SP/HMX-H1062SP only) • This function works only in Play mode. Touch the HD Movie ( HD) tab.” 4.” 2. Touch “Yes. • When you copy a photo image which has Print Mark on it. If the size of the files that you want to copy is larger than the free space.” • After completion. page 20 • Movies and photos stored in the built-in memory can be copied to the external flash memory card. Photo ( ) tab. Touch the OK ( ) tab. The ( ) indicator is displayed on the selected images. To copy all images. you will see an error message. The message according to the selected option will appear. • “Select Files”: Copy individual images. the copied one will lose the Print Mark. • Touch “Cancel” to cancel during image copying. destination memory card • You can not copy a file if the memory card has insufficient free space. • Copying to the memory card does not delete originals in the built-in memory. Remove unnecessary files before proceeding. ) tab  “Copy. or SD Movie ( SD) tab. Touch images you want to copy. page 100 • You can copy only as many files as the total size is less than the free space of the memory card. Touching the thumbnail image toggles between the thumbnail image being selected for copying (the ( ) indicator appears on image) or not (the ( ) indicator is removed from image). • Make sure that the memory card has been inserted. 1. Touch the desired option tab on the screen (“Select Files” or “All Files”). selected images will be copied. simply touch “All Files. • “All Files”: Copy all images.

This feature is useful to print with a DPOF-compatible printer or when bringing storage media to a photo lab for printing.” (HMX-H104BP/HMX-H105BP/HMX-H1052BP/HMX-H106SP/HMX-H1062SP only) 3. Touch the OK ( ) tab. Touching the photo thumbnail image toggles between the photo thumbnail image being selected for printing (the ( 01) indicator appears on image) or not (the ( 01) indicator is removed from image). • This function works only in Play mode. Touch the Menu ( ) tab “Print Mark (DPOF).” 102_ English Copy Print Mark (DPOF) 2/2 File Info Print Mark (DPOF) Select Files Set All 1/1 Reset All Print Mark (DPOF) 01 01 1/2 01 . Simply touch “Reset All.” 4. The message according to the selected option will appear. The ( 01) indicator is displayed on the selected images. 1. Touch images to select them for printing. Touch the Menu ( ) tab Settings ( ) tab “Storage Type” “Card.” • “Reset All”: Removes the print mark. • “Set All”: Print-marks all images.” “Set All” or “Reset All”).printing photo images You can print photo images by inserting the DPOF setting card to a DPOF-compatible printer or connecting the HD camcorder to the PictBridge printer. Touch “Yes. Simply touch “Set All. 2. Touch the desired option tab on the screen (“Select Files. DPOF PRINT SETTING • Print Mark (DPOF) can be set only on photo images stored in the memory card. page 20 • This HD camcorder is compatible with DPOF (Digital Print Order Format). • “Select Files”: Print-marks individual images. You can set which images to be printed and the number of prints with this HD camcorder.” 5. Touch the Photo ( ) tab.

To display the PictBridge menu. English _103 . 02 • Select the photo image to print in the single display mode.Setting the number of copies to print 1 / 12 100_0001 • You can set the number of prints in the single display view only. DPOF setting can also be used. ) tab. page 102 NOTICE: After selecting “PictBridge” in the menu. Up to 99 copies can be set to print of each image. • The message “Print ?” will appear. • After the connection. connect the USB cable. then touch the Print ( 1/2 • To search for a photo image. 5. PictBridge 3. • The “Reset All” and “Set All” options may take a long time depending on the number of stored images. Connect your HD camcorder to the printer using the provided USB cable. and touch the Menu ( ) tab “Print Mark (DPOF)” decrease ( ) or increase ( ) tab (select the number of prints). refer to page 104. touch the Menu ( ) tab. photo images can be printed easily by connecting the camcorder with the USB cable directly to the printer. • The thumbnail index view of the photo image will appear. • Print marked photo images will show the ( ) indicator when they are displayed. For more information about the PictBridge menu.” page 89 2. DIRECT PRINTING WITH A PICTBRIDGE PRINTER • This function works only in Play mode. Turn your printer power on. page 20 • If your printer is compatible with PictBridge. Touch a photo image to print. Touch “Yes. Set the “USB Connect” to “PictBridge. • It operates identically in the full image display (single image displayed on the screen). touch the previous image ( ) or next image ( ) tab. PictBridge HD camcorder 1.” • The selected photo image will be printed. the easy printing menu will display on the LCD screen. 4.

you can use the DPOF setting. Turning your HD camcorder off during printing might damage data on the storage media. To stop printing after printing starts The confirmation screen appears while printing. Date/Time “Off. You may not print photo images recorded on other devices.” “Date. 1 / 12 100_0001 01 PictBridge menu Setting the date/time imprint option Touch the Menu ( ) tab “Date/Time” “Date & Time” Return ( ) tab. To cancel print setting Touch the Return ( ) tab on the screen. 104_ English . select “PictBridge” in the menu again. remove the USB cable. The date/time imprint option may not be supported by all printers. Touch “Cancel” on the screen. Fuji. • If the image moves to the previous or next.” “Time. an image transfer standard developed by Canon. and then reconnect the cable. Use the USB cable provided with the HD camcorder. You can set various printing options depending on the printer. Use the AC power adaptor for your HD camcorder during PictBridge direct printing. Seiko Epson. • • page 102 Date/Time Off Date 1/1 Time Date & Time • • • • • • • If the printer is not recognised. Olympus. Check with your printer manufacturer.” or 1/1 To print using the DPOF setting If the printer is compatible with DPOF. The “Date/Time” menu cannot be setup if the printer does not support this option. or to print again after direct printing with a PictBridge printer. and Sony. Please refer to the user manual of the printer for details. PictBridge™ is a registered trademark of CIPA (Camera & Imaging Products Association).printing photo images Setting the number of copies to print Touch the decrease ( ) or increase ( ) tab to select the number of prints. Do not remove USB cable or memory card during printing. HP. the number of copies is reset. Movie images are not available for printing.

Editing software is stored in this camcorder. page 88 Play back or edit your recordings on the computer using the builtin Intelli-studio application. CHECKING YOUR COMPUTER TYPE To view your recordings on a computer. (When you specify “PC Software: On”).Using a computer This chapter explains how to connect the camcorder to a computer using the USB cable. Connecting the camcorder to a Windows computer using USB cable runs the editing software application. Intelli-studio runs automatically once the camcorder is connected to a Windows computer. editing and sharing of the recordings. • The built-in editing software. If you are using a Windows PC Connect your camcorder to the computer using the USB cable. The application enables playback. page 109 You can also upload your recordings to YouTube or other web sites using the Intelli-studio. you need to check your computer type first. page 110 English _105 . Read this chapter carefully and be free from your burden of handling two devices at the same time.

install the programme with the version of 9.Editing recorded videos or photos.66 GHz or higher recommended. 106_ English .0c or higher. Ati X1600 series or higher 1024 x 768. For doing this. you can enjoy the following operations.2 GHz or higher recommended (Notebook: Intel Core2 Duo 2. .0c or higher System requirements mentioned above are recommendations.Uploading the recorded videos and photos to YouTube or Flickr.0 DirectX 9. 32-bit colour recommended) USB 2. operation is not ensured depending on the system. page 109 . etc. 16-bit colour or higher (1280 x 1024.6GHz or higher recommended) 1 GB and above recommended nVIDIA Geforce 7600GT or higher. (the Mass Storage function) page 112 System Requirements Item OS CPU RAM Video Card Display USB DirectX • • • • • The following requirements must be satisfied to use the built-in editing software (Intelli-studio): Requirement Microsoft Windows XP SP2 or Vista Intel® Core 2 Duo® 1. When the version of DirectX on your computer is lower than 9. video playback may skip frames or operate unexpectedly.Using a computer WHAT YOU CAN DO WITH A WINDOWS COMPUTER You can enjoy the following operations by connecting your camcorder to your Windows computer via the USB cable.Playing back recorded videos or photos. On a slower computer than recommended. page 110 You can transfer or copy the files (videos and photos) saved on the storage media into your computer. Main Functions • • By using the built-in ‘Intelli-studio’ editing software on your camcorder. a laptop computer requires higher system requirements than a desktop PC. It is recommended to transfer the recorded video data to a PC before playing back or editing the video data.0c. page 109 . Even on a system that satisfies the requirements. AMD Athlon™ X2 Dual-Core 2.2GHz or AMD Athlon X2 Dual-Core 2.

the camcorder may not work properly. If you do not want to use it.” page 89 2. Intelli-studio offers the most convenient way for you to manage video/photo files by using the simple the USB cable connection between the camcorder and your PC. Connect the HD camcorder to the PC with the USB cable. Select “USB Mass Storage Device. • A new fi le saving screen appears with the Intelli-studio main window.” the uploading procedure will be complete and the following pop up ploading window appears. When a USB cable is connected. English _107 . you can transfer video/photo files onto your PC and edit them on your computer. turning the camcorder on or off may cause the PC to malfunction If you disconnect the USB cable from the PC or the camcorder while transferring. In this case. • If you do not want to save a new file.” • • • • • • • • • Use the provided USB cable.” 3. To disconnect the USB cable After completing the data transfer. Connecting the USB cable 1. the corresponding removable disk window appears. select “Cancel.” and then click “Stop.” page 88 3. the EmoDio software may load first. click “OK. Click the “Safely Remove Hardware icon” icon on the taskbar. the data transmission will stop and the data may be damaged.” 4. We recommend using the AC power adaptor as the power supply instead of the battery pack. (Supplied by Samsung) Don’t apply excessive force when inserting or extracting the USB cable into/from a USB jack.” 4. If you connect the USB cable to a PC via a USB HUB or simultaneously connect the USB cable along with other USB devices. remove all USB devices from the PC and reconnect the camcorder. Click “Yes” to confirm. According to your computer type. If this occurs. If the “Stop a Hardware device” window appears. Disconnect the USB cable from the camcorder and PC. Insert a USB after checking the direction of its insertion is correct.exe. if you have EmoDio (Samsung’s MP3 player software) installed on your computer. the Intelli-studio programme may not automatically run. When the USB cable is connected. select “No. Set “PC Software” to “On.USING THE Intelli-studio PROGRAMME Using the Intelli-studio programme built-in your camcorder. Click “Yes. open the desired CD-ROM drive that has the Intelli-studio programme in My Computer and run iStudio. • According to your computer type. 2. Set “USB Connect” to “Mass Storage. make sure to disconnect the cable in the following ways: 1. Step 1.

Slide show of the photo files from the PC. Sorts the files. Playback of the video files from the PC. Playback of the video files from the connected camcorder.Using a computer Step 2. Changes the size of thumbnails. Moves the file selected in the PC to the Edit mode. About the Intelli-studio main window • When the Intelli-studio starts up. Moves the file(s) selected in the connected camcorder to the Share mode. Saves the selected file to your PC. Switches to Edit mode. Displays video files only. Imports folders from your PC. thumbnails of videos and photos are display in the main window. Displays photo files only. Moves the file(s) selected in the PC to the Share mode. Switches to Share mode. Saves new files to your PC. Slide show of the photo files from the connected camcorder. Menu items Selects the Desktop or Favourite on the PC. Displays all files (videos and photos). 108_ English . Selects the connected camcorder or storage. Switches to the Library of the PC and connected camcorder.

Audio: AAC). Playing back videos (or photos) • You can play back recordings conveniently using the Intelli-studio application. English _109 . and then click the “Player” icon on the bottom side of the screen.Step 3. Select the video that you want to play. • Video (or photo) thumbnails appear on the screen.Photo formats: JPG. 3. PNG. WMV (WMV 7/8/9) . according to the selected source. • You can also double-click the video (or photo) thumbnail to start playback. BMP. you can edit the videos or photos in various ways. Editing videos (or photos) With Intelli-studio. GIF. The following is the file format supportable in Intelli-studio: . page 107 2.Video formats: MP4 (Video: H. and then click the “EDIT” icon.264. TIFF Step 4. • Playback starts and playback controls appear. Click the desired folder to display your recordings. Run the Intelli-studio programme. • Select the video (or photo) that you want to edit. 1.

” 110_ English . • Access to the web site contents can be limited depending on your web access environment. For more information about Intelli-studio use. Click the website you would like to upload files to.” “Flickr®. Click the “Add” and move the video or photo (drag and drop) to the sharing window for upload. Click the “SHARE” on the browser. Click the “Upload to Share Site” to start uploading. 1. see the Help Guide by clicking “Menu”  “Help. • A pop up window appears asking your ID and the password. • The selected file appears on the sharing window. 3. by uploading photos and videos directly to a web site with on click. Enter your web log-in information to access.” or the specified website you want to set for your uploading management. 2.Using a computer Step 5. Sharing video/photo images online Share your contents with the world. 5. 4. • You can choose the “YouTube®.

English _111 . it will run faster after connecting the camcorder to your computer. the application can be updated automatically and run directly in the Windows computer.Installing Intelli-studio application on the Windows computer • When the Intelli-studio application is installed on a Windows computer. Moreover. • The Intelli-studio application can be installed on a Windows computer as follows: Click the “Menu” “Install Intelli-studio on PC” on the Intelli-studio screen.

insert the memory card. • When the removable disk does not appear automatically. Connect the HD camcorder to the PC with the USB cable. page 107 • The “Removable Disk” or “Samsung” window appears on the PC’s screen after a moment. Photo image files VIDEO MUSIC Movie image files Setting data 112_ English .USING AS A REMOVABLE STORAGE DEVICE You can transfer or copy recorded data to a Windows computer by connecting the USB cable to the camcorder. • If the “Removable Disk” window does not appear.” page 89 2. your computer is suspected to be infected by Autorun virus.) (HMX-H104BP/HMX-H105BP/HMX-H1052BP/HMX-H106SP/HMX-H1062SP only) page 27 4.” 5. Check out the storage media. • The removable disk appears when connecting a USB. • Select “Open folders to view files using Windows Explorer” and click “OK. (If you want to record on a memory card. Viewing the contents of storage media 1.” page 88 3. Install the vaccine or update to the latest version. Set the “USB Connect” to “Mass Storage. confirm the connection (page 107) or perform steps 1 and 2 again. Step 1. • If the connected camcorder’s disk drive does not open or the context menu that appears when right clicking your Mouse (open or browse) appears broken. The folders in the storage media appear. • Different file types are stored in different folders. open the removable disk folder of My Computer. Set “PC Software” to “Off.

MP4 SDV_0003.MP4 HDV_0003. A new folder is created when more than 999~1000 files are created.MP4 HDV_0002. Video file (H.MP4 format. 2 English _113 . • The SD-quality movie images have SDV_####. • A new folder stores files from CAM_0001. • Up to 9999 files are created in 999 folders. the file number automatically increases when a new image file is created. VIDEO 100VIDEO SDV_0001. • The folder name increases in the order of 100PHOTO  101PHOTO etc. • A new folder is created when more than 999~1000 files are created. • The file naming follows DCF (Design rule for Camera File System).Using a computer Structure of folders and files on the storage media • The folder and file structure for storage media is as follows: • Don’t arbitrarily change or remove the folder or file name.JPG CAM_0002. • Up to 9999 files are created in 999 folders. • The maximum file number allowed is the same as in movie image files.MP4 DCIM 1 100PHOTO Photo file  CAM_0001.MP4 SDV_0002.JPG.264)  • The HD-quality (1920x1080 50i or 1280x720 50p) movie images have HDV_####. • The file number automatically increases when a new movie image file is created. It may not be playable.JPG • As in movie image files.MP4 format.MP4 HDV_0001.

Step 2. Create a new folder. 1280x720 (HD).e.MP4 is created in the 999VIDEO folder).JPG. HDV_9999. The file extension is “. or 720x576 (SD). page 61 • When the 9999th file is created in the 999th folder (i. Select the folder to copy. The file extension is “. then doubleclick it. 114_ English . since proper playback by the camcorder requires original folder and file naming convention. a new folder cannot be created anymore. Set “File No.” • The image size is 1920X1080 (HD).” • The image size is 2880x1620 or 1920x1080. 2. page 60 Photo image • Photo images are compressed in JPEG (Joint Photographic Experts Group) format. • The name of a movie file recorded by the camcorder should not be modified.” page 112 • The folders in the storage media appear. enter the folder name. Transferring files from the camcorder to your Windows computer You can copy the movie and photo images to your PC and play them back. then drag and drop it into the destination folder.264 format. 1. • The folder is copied from the storage media (memory card (all models) or built-in memory) to the PC. Execute the procedure in “Viewing the contents of storage media.” to “Reset” at this time. 3.Image format Movie image • Movie images are compressed in H.MP4.

Remove the battery pack and AC power adaptor. it could malfunction or the case could be damaged. To clean the LCD screen Wipe gently with a soft dry cloth.Mold may form if the lens is left dirty. • To clean the exterior .Do not use benzene or thinner to clean the camcorder. The coating of exterior could peel off or the case could deteriorate.maintenance & additional information MAINTENANCE Your HD camcorder is a product of superior design and craftsmanship and should be treated with care. If you leave the HD camcorder in such a place. the lens could become moldy. .Remove the memory card.Wipe gently with a soft dry cloth. Detach the battery pack from the HD camcorder and store it in a cool place: Leaving the battery pack attached or storing it at high temperature could shorten its life. turn it off. . Do not wipe the lens with cloth or your fingers. . Be careful not to damage the monitor. • For safekeeping of the HD camcorder. To clean the lens Use an optional air blower to blow out dirt and other small objects. etc.If the Screen looks dim. pages 14. Do not apply excessive force when cleaning. If necessary. • • English _115 . turn off the HD camcorder and remove the battery pack and AC power adaptor. . page 28 Cautions when storing • Do not leave the HD camcorder in a place where the temperature is very high for a long period of time: The temperature inside a closed vehicle or trunk can become very high in hot weather. turn off the HD camcorder and leave it for about 1 hour. wipe gently with lens cleaning paper. It is recommended that you put the HD camcorder in a box together with a small silica bag when storing it in a closet. and the HD camcorder could become inoperative. Do not store the HD camcorder in a place where the humidity is high or in a dusty place: Dust entering the HD camcorder could cause a malfunction. • • • Cleaning the HD camcorder Before cleaning.18 . The suggestions below will help you fulfill any warranty obligations and allow you to enjoy this product for many years. Do not expose the HD camcorder to direct sunlight or place it near a heater. If humidity is high. Do not store the HD camcorder in a place subject to strong magnetism or intense vibration: This could cause malfunctions. gently rub the surface.

LCD screen • To prevent damage to the LCD screen . avoid rubbing it with a coarse cloth. . . .Do not bend or drop the storage media. They are not malfunctions. • Refer to pages 27-31 for details.Do not bring the storage media near objects that have a strong magnetic field or that emit strong electromagnetic waves. • Copy the recorded files to your PC.ADDITIONAL INFORMATION Storage media • Be sure to follow the guidelines below to prevent corruption or damage to your recorded data.Do not turn off the camcorder power or remove the battery or AC power adaptor during recording. or store the storage media in locations that are exposed to strong static electricity or electrical noise. • To prolong service life. playback.) • A malfunction may cause the storage media to fail to operate properly.If you leave power on for a long time. the surface around the LCD screen becomes hot. .While using the camcorder. or when otherwise accessing the storage media. . . Samsung shall not be responsible for any lost data. 116_ English . . or subject it to strong pressure. (It is recommended that you copy the data from your PC to other media for storage.Do not store the storage media in locations with high temperature or high humidity. replace.Do not splash the storage media with water. Samsung will not provide any compensation for any lost contents. • Be aware of the following phenomena for LCD screen use. the surface around the LCD screen may heat up. .Do not use. . jolts or vibrations. .Do not place the camcorder with the LCD screen on the bottom.Do not push it too hard or knock it on anything.Do not touch the metal parts.

Store in a cool. English _117 . The rechargeable battery will be fully discharged in about 6 months if you do not use your camcorder at all.maintenance & additional information Battery packs The supplied battery pack is a lithium-ion battery. However. even if the built-in rechargeable battery is not charged. Before using the supplied battery pack or an optional battery pack. Do not modify or disassemble.cooler temperatures impede chemical reaction. while warmer temperatures can prevent complete charging. Do not subject to unnecessary shock. Use your camcorder after charging the built-in rechargeable battery. explode or catch fire. dry place. Extended exposure to high temperatures will increase natural discharge and shorten service life. ). Charge in an environment where temperatures are within the tolerances shown below. • • • • • We recommended only using genuine Samsung batteries in this camcorder. as these components may use current even when switched off. Do not short-circuit the terminals. The built-in rechargeable battery is always charged while your camcorder is connected to the wall outlet via the AC power adaptor or while the battery pack is attached. the longer recharging takes. as this may cause the battery to overheat. Do not expose the battery to temperatures exceeding 60°C (140°F). and other settings even when the power switch is set to off. • To prevent damage and prolong service life - On charging the built-in rechargeable battery Your camcorder has a built-in rechargeable battery to retain the date. Temperature range specifications Charging: 10°C to 35°C (50°F to 95°F) / Operation: 0°C to 40°C (32°F to 104°F) / Storage: -20°C to 60°C (-4°F to 140°F) 50°F ) 32°F ) -4°F ) The lower the temperature. be sure to read the following cautions: • To avoid hazards Do not burn. 140°F). time. Using generic non-Samsung batteries can cause damage to the internal charging circuitry. carry the battery in a plastic bag. It is normal for the battery pack to be warm after charging. Remove from your camcorder when not in use. When transporting. Refer to pages 17-18 for details. or after use. This is a chemical reaction type battery . Fully charge and then fully discharge the battery every 6 months when storing the battery pack over a long time period. the camcorder operation will not be affected as long as you are not recording the date.

Mexico. Slovak Republic. • Power sources The provided AC adaptor features automatic voltage selection in the AC range from 100 V to 240 V. The format transcoder is not provided by Samsung. • Viewing images recorded with SD (standard definition) image resolution To view images recorded with SD (standard definition) image resolution you need an PAL-system-based TV with Audio/Video. Norway. Holland. If you want to view your recordings on a TV or to copy it to an external device. Korea. Czech Republic. NTSC-compatible countries/regions Bahamas. Libya. etc. United States of America. France. Japan. • Viewing images recorded with HD (high definition) image resolution In countries/regions where 1080/50i is supported. Tunisia. Syria. Use a commercially available AC plug adaptor. you can view the images with the same HD (high definition) image resolution as that of the recorded images. CIS. Romania. • On TV colour systems Your camcorder is an PAL-system-based camcorder. Otherwise. Finland. Belgium. Spain. Central America. Bulgaria. Singapore. you may need to use a separate video format transcoder (PAL-NTSC format converter). and an HDMI cable. Iraq. Saudi Arabia. Switzerland. Sweden. You can use your camcorder in any countries/regions using the AC power adaptor supplied with your camcorder within the AC 100 V to 240 V. Hong Kong.USING YOUR HD CAMCORDER ABROAD • Each country or region has its own electric and colour systems. Denmark. Greece. China. Philippines. Component or HDMI input jacks. • Before using your HD camcorder abroad. if necessary. depending on the design of the wall outlet. Canada. check the following items. Component/AV cable connected. 118_ English . Hungary. Malaysia. Kuwait. Great Britain. You can make recordings with your HD camcorder and view pictures on the LCD screen from anywhere in the world. Mauritius. it must be an PAL-system-based TV or an external device and have the appropriate connection jacks. etc. India. You need an PAL-system-based and 1080/50i compatible TV (or monitor) with an HDMI or Component cable connected. Taiwan. 50/60 Hz range. Iran. Egypt. Thailand. Austria. PAL-compatible countries/regions Australia. Germany.

• Insert a memory card.. perform the following simple checks.troubleshooting TROUBLESHOOTING Before contacting a Samsung authorised service centre. media and delete files. There is not enough space to record on • Back-up files to your PC or another storage the built-in memory. • Replace with a charged battery or connect the AC power adaptor. Storage media Message Memory Full Icon Action • Delete unnecessary files on the built-in memory.. Insert Card Card Locked English _119 . Delete unnecessary files on the memory card. Informs that. Use the bulit-in memory. They may save you the time and expense of an unnecessary call. • • The write protection tab on an SD or SDHC card has been set to lock. • • • • Card Full There is not enough space to record on the memory card. Back-up files to your PC or another storage media and delete files. Change another memory card which has enough free space.. Informs that. Use the built-in memory. There is no memory card inserted in the memory card slot. • Use a memory card. Release write protection tab. Warning indicators and messages Battery pack Message Low Battery Icon Action The battery pack is almost discharged..

The image format is not supported. The memory card cannot be recognised in cases of Card Error. Change memory card to another one. • • • • • • Release EASY Q function. The memory card has some problem and can not be recognised. Never turn off the power and eject memory card during recording.. page 28 • • • • • • • - The memory card does not have enough performance to record. Format the memory card using menu item. You can not operate some functions manually when EASY Q is activated. Icon Informs that. Remote function was set to off. Some problem occured while writing data to storage media. Number of video files is full. The memory card is not supported in this camcorder.. Change the memory card with the one recommended.” to “Reset” and format the storage media. 120_ English . Cannot take a photo. page 82 Format the memory card using menu item.” to “Reset” and format the storage media. Recording Message Write Error Release the EASY. The file was not created normally. Action • Insert the proper memory card that has a supported file format. Record movie at a lower resolution.” Set “File No. Number of photo files is full. The memory card may have been formatted by another device and may still have existing images on it. Wait until data recovery is finished. Check the supported file format.Message Unknown Error Card Error Not Formatted Not Supported Format Not Supported Card Low speed card. Folder and files have reached capacity and you can not record. Set “Remote” function to “On. Icon - Informs that. The memory card is not formatted. Please record a lower Resolution. Cannot record video. Folder and files have reached capacity and you can not take a picture. Action • Format storage media using menus after backingup important files to your PC or another storage media. Set “File No.Q Recovering Data… Activate remote control. Change memory card to faster one. Not Formatted or Not Supported Card...

. • Try the connecting procedure again. • Try the connecting procedure again. Fail USB Connecting Ink Error Paper Error - English _121 .” • Check the ink cartridge. Read Error Icon Informs that. There is a problem with the ink cartridge. File editing functions can not be performed because there is not enough free space in the memory card..” • Check the USB cable.. • Back-up files to PC or another storage media and delete files. There is a problem with the paper. A problem occurred when connecting the camcorder via USB to a printer. Some problems occurred when reading data from storage media. • Check the paper in the printer. Not enough free space in Card. • Switch “USB Connect” function to “PictBridge. Action • Delete unnecessary files on the storage media. • Switch “USB Connect” function to “Mass Storage. • Delete unnecessary files on the storage media. insert the paper. USB Message Fail Printer Connecting Icon Informs that. • Back-up files to PC or another storage media and delete files..troubleshooting Playback Message Not enough free space in Memory. Action • Check the USB cable. File editing functions can not be performed because there is not enough free space in the built-in memory. A problem occurred when connecting the camcorder via USB to a PC. • Put a new ink cartridge in the printer. • Format storage media using menus after backing up important files to PC or another storage device. If there is no paper.

• Do not remove power source or eject memory card during printing. A problem occurred during printing. it will cause condensation. and on the reflection lens.Message File Error Printer Error Print Error Icon - Informs that. • Turn the printer’s power off and on. Samsung cannot guarantee any loss of your data.. contact your nearest Samsung authorised service centre. The dew condenses on the external or internal lenses of the HD camcorder. put the camcorder aside for a while before using • What is dew condensation? CAUTION Dew condensation happens when a HD camcorder is moved to a place where there is a significant temperature difference from the previous place. . • Try another file recorded on your HD camcorder. .. the built-in memory may need to be initialized or replaced and the data will be deleted. • When does the dew condensation occur? When the device is relocate d to a place with a higher temperature than the previous location. or when using it in a hot area suddenly. When there is dew condensation. When this happens.When recording outside in cold weather during the winter and then using it in indoors. and leave it in a dry area for 1~2 hours before using it. 122_ English . • Depending on the problem. There is a problem with the printer. • Contact the printer manufacturer’s service centre.When recording outside in hot weather after being indoors or inside a car where the A/C was running. There is a problem with the file. • If these instructions do not solve your problem. Be sure to back up the data on your PC before sending your camcorder to repair. Action • Your HD camcorder does not support this file format. • What can I do? Turn the power off and detach the battery pack. it may cause a malfunction or damage to the HD camcorder when using the device with the power on while there is dew condensation. Note before sending your camcorder for repair.

make sure it is properly connected to a wall outlet. • • • • The battery pack may not be installed on your HD camcorder. • • • The power turns off automatically. Is “Auto Power Off” set to “5 Min”? If no button is pressed for about 5 minutes. Symptoms and solutions Power Symptom Explanation/Solution • The HD camcorder does not turn on. Use another battery pack. Charge the battery pack or replace it with a charged one. contact your nearest Samsung authorised service centre. To disable this option. Insert a battery pack to the HD camcorder. If you use the AC power adaptor. The battery pack is not fully charged. and connect the power supply to the camcorder again before turning it on.” page 87 The battery pack is almost exhausted. change the setting of “Auto Power Off” to “Off. • Power cannot be turned off. The battery pack reached its lifespan and cannot be recharged. the HD camcorder is automatically turned off (“Auto Power Off”). Charge the battery pack again. The temperature is too low.troubleshooting If these instructions do not solve your problem. Charge the battery pack or replace it with a charged one. The battery pack is quickly discharged. English _123 . The inserted battery pack may be discharged. Remove the battery pack or unplug AC power adaptor.

Back up important files on your PC and format the storage media or delete the unnecessary files. Explanation/Solution • • • • • Press the MODE button to set Record mode. or vice versa. The afterimage remains on the LCD screen. pages 119-122 This occurs if you disconnect the AC power adaptor or remove the battery pack before turning the power off. The estimated recording time may vary depending on content and features used.” page 92 A warning indicator or message appears on the screen. If you use the memory card with low writing speed. • 124_ English . see the display specification. format the storage media again. • • • • Recording Symptom Pressing the Recording start/stop button does not start recording. Unknown image appears on the LCD screen. Check if memory card is not inserted or write-protect tab is set to lock. If you do not want to see the demo image. Explanation/Solution • It can occur when recording or viewing a 16:9-ratio image on a 4:3-ratio TV. Unknown indicator appears on the screen. page 51 The HD camcorder is in the demo mode. There is no more free space for recording on the storage media. the HD camcorder automatically stops recording the movie images and the corresponding message appears on the LCD screen. which can lead to a shorter available recording time. the performance of the storage media will be deteriorated. The actual recording time is less than the estimated recording time.Displays Symptom The TV screen or LCD display has distorted images. • • The recording stops automatically. change the setting “Demo” to “Off. For more details. Adjust the brightness and angle of LCD. The image on the LCD screen looks dark. page 20 There is not enough free space to record on the storage media. If you make recordings or delete files frequently. Ambient light too bright. Recording a fast-moving subject increases the bit rate and consequently the amount of storage space required for the recording. In this case.

page 20 Release the lock on the write-protection tab of the memory card if any.” Set the “Date/Time Display” to On. There is a time difference between the point where you press Recording start/stop button and the point where the recorded movie starts/stops. The shutter sound is not heard when you record a photo image. The storage media is full.” Beep sound is temporally off while recording movies. page 85 Set your HD camcorder to Record mode. page 100 Set “Shutter Sound” to “On. This is not an error. You cannot record a photo image. During recording.troubleshooting Symptom When recording a subject illuminated by bright light. page 82 Or remove unnecessary images. Explanation/Solution • This is not a malfunction. the date/time does not display. • • • • • This is not a malfunction. • • • • English _125 . The beep sound is not heard. When the screen is exposed to direct sunlight during recording. the screen becomes red or black for an instant. “Date/Time Display” is set to “Off.” Set “Beep Sound” to “On. a vertical line appears. Use a new memory card or format the storage media. On your camcorder. there may be a slight time delay between the point when you press Recording start/stop button and the actual point where the recorded movie starts/stops.

page 59 White balance adjustment is required. if any. Use a light to brighten the area.” page 69 The recording conditions are not suitable for auto focus. You cannot format the memory card. This may occur when you make a recording under a fluorescent sodium or mercury lamp. Recording is being made in a dark location. • • • Set “Focus” to “Auto. The subject may appear bent when passing through the frame quickly. format it again directly on your camcorder. Only the file name is displayed if the directory structure complies with the international standard. Cancel “iSCENE” to avoid or minimize this phenomenon. This is not a malfunction. Image cannot be deleted. page 30 The memory card is not supported on your camcorder or the card has some problems. page 82 Release the lock on the write-protect tab of the memory card. the subject passing by the frame rapidly may appear to bend.” page 62 This is called the focal plane phenomenon. Adjusting the image during recording Symptom Explanation/Solution • • Focus does not adjust automatically. page 99 Release the lock on the write-protect tab of the memory card. The file format is not supported by your HD camcorder. Explanation/Solution • • • • • • • • • Insert a memory card into your camcorder properly. The image appears too bright or flickering. Clear the lens and check the focus. if any. Release the protection of the image on the device. The data file name is not indicated correctly.Storage Media Symptom Memory card functions are not operable. Adjust the focus manually. Because of the way the image device (CMOS sensor) reads out video signals. • • 126_ English . The file may be corrupted. page 30 You cannot move or delete the protected images. Image’s colour balance is not natural. page 69 The lens is dusty on the surface. Adjust to the proper “White Balance. depending on the recording condition. page 28 If you use a memory card formatted on a computer. or changes in colour.

Check out the memory card compatibility. when using the component/AV cable. Explanation/Solution • • • • Image files recorded using another device may not be played on your HD camcorder. page 30 Photo images recorded on other device may not appear in the actual size. This is not an error. Photo images stored on a storage media are not displayed in the actual size. Therefore. Make sure that the connection cable is connected to the proper jack. Playback is interrupted unexpectedly. • The image appears distorted on a TV.left) The connection cable (HDMI. Playback on other devices (TV.right. Connect the audio of the Component/AV to your camcorder or connected device (TV. Images will not be output from the HDMI jack if the material is copyright protected. pages 48-50 This HD camcorder provides the two-in-one component/AV cable that fits the purpose of the component and the AV cable. White colour. • • English _127 . Component/AV cable. etc) is not connected properly. page 89 This phenomenon is caused by connecting to the TV with 4:3 aspect ratio. you must check the right method for the TV output by setting the “Analogue TV Out” menu. Check if the AC power adaptor or battery back is properly connected and secure. (Red colour.troubleshooting Playback on your HD camcorder Symptom Playback (Play/Pause) function does not work. HD recorder. etc). etc) Symptom Explanation/Solution • • You cannot view the image or hear the sound from the connected device. You cannot view the image or hear the sound from a TV connected using the HDMI cable.

i. page 89 Your printer may not print images edited on a computer or recorded using other device. Audio L/R) cable is not connected properly. A video codec is needed to play the file recorded on your HD camcorder. • Connecting to a computer Symptom The computer does not recognise your HD camcorder. pages 109-111 Make sure you insert the connector in the correct direction. then connect it again correctly.e. Disconnect the cable from the computer and camcorder. Connect it again properly. Install or run the built-in edit software (Intelli-studio). a computer with better specification is required. • • • • • • Disconnect the USB cable from the computer and camcorder. This is not an error. Therefore. Printer. Check a computer with recommended specification. Set “PC Software” to “On” in the Settings menu. In this case. Audio L/R) cable is connected to the proper jack. • Printouts cannot be made using a PictBridge printer. Explanation/Solution • • You cannot dub images using the HDMI cable. page 88 According to your computer type. 128_ English .exe. and connect the USB cable to the USB jack on your camcorder firmly. the Intelli-studio program may not automatically run. Explanation/Solution • • • Cannot play a movie file properly on a Windows computer. to the input jack of the device used for dubbing images from your camcorder. page 106 Exit the Intelli-studio application. and restart the Windows computer. To play back an HD video file. open the desired CD-ROM drive that has the Intelli-studio programme in My Computer and run iStudio. Intelli-studio is not Macintosh compliant. when using the component/AV cable. You cannot dub correctly using the Component/AV (Video. Audio L/R) cable. PC. restart the computer. you must check the right method for the TV output by setting the “Analogue TV Out” menu. Make sure that the Component/AV (Video. Intelli-studio does not function properly. The built-in software on your camcorder. etc) Symptom You cannot dub correctly using the HDMI cable. page 52 This HD camcorder provides the two-in-one component/AV cable that fits the purpose of the component and the AV cable. restart the computer. The Component/AV (Video.Connecting/Dubbing with other devices (Recorder.

troubleshooting Symptom Explanation/Solution • The image or sound on your camcorder • is not played on your computer properly. Lens cover is not closed even when the power is off. Movie playback or sound may stop temporarily depending on your computer. If a recorded movie is played on your camcorder connected to a computer. Explanation/Solution • • • Has the camcorder been left unused for a long period of time? The backup built-in rechargeable battery may be discharged. Turn the power off by using the Power ( ) button for about 1 second. and connect the power supply to the camcorder again before turning it on.0). depending on the transfer speed. the image or sound may not be played correctly. The playback screen is paused or distorted. Please copy the file to your PC. Check the system requirements to play a movie. page 26 Remove the battery pack or unplug AC power adaptor. The image and sound copied to your computer are not affected. or does not operate by pressing any button. page 106 Exit other all applications running on the current computer. The movie or sound copied to your computer is not affected. The camcorder does not turn on. If your camcorder is connected to a computer that does not support Hi-speed USB (USB2. • • • Overall operations Symptom The date and time are incorrect. and then play it back. English _129 . Lens cover is not closed if the power is not turned off by using the Power ( ) button. the image may not play smoothly.

quick menu.” There are some functions you cannot activate simultaneously.” “Cont.” “Photo Sharpness.” “Storage Type (Q.MENU).” “Video Quality.” “Fader. The following functions cannot be used during video recording: “Video Resolution.” “Photo Resolution.” “Digital Zoom.” “Time Lapse REC.” “Video Resolution. Shot.” “Video Quality. 130_ English .” “iSCENE” “Time Lapse REC” • Menu items are grayed out. and Flash ( ) button cannot be used in EASY Q mode. Cannot use “iSCENE” Manual Aperture Manual Shutter “Fader.” Because of the following settings “Aperture : Manual.” “Shutter : Manual” “Shutter : Manual.Menu Symptom Explanation/Solution • • • You cannot select grayed items in the current recording/playback mode.” “iSCENE” “Aperture : Manual.” “Self Timer. Menu. The following list shows examples of unworkable combinations of functions and menu items.

48 inches) x 60. 75Ω C type connector -7.06 inches) 352g (0.40 inches) x 128.264 (MPEG-4. Power supply (100V~240V) 50/60Hz 3.7inch wide 230k TFT LCD 1Vp-p (75Ω terminated) Y: 1Vp-p.4V. 12. memory card (SD/SDHC) LCD screen Size/dot number LCD screen method Connectors Composite output Component output HDMI output Audio output USB output General Power source Power source type Power consumption (Recording) Operating temperature Storage temperature External dimensions (WxHxD) Weight Internal MIC Remote control Storage media - These technical specifications and design may be changed without notice.8 10x (Optical).89M pixels) F1. Lithium Ion battery pack 7.350Vp-p.6 mm (5.4V Lithium Ion battery pack.3~33mm Ø37 2.AVC) AAC (Advanced Audio Coding) 1/4.4 ft) (straight line) SSD built-in memory. English _131 . 75Ω.specifications Model names: HMX-H100P/HMX-H1000P/HMX-H104BP/HMX-H105BP/HMX-H1052BP/HMX-H106SP/HMX-H1062SP System Video signal Picture compression format Audio compression format Image device Lens Focal length Filter diameter PAL H. Cb/Cr: 0.05M pixels / Effective: 2. 10x (Digital) Electronic zoom lens 3.5W (LCD on) 0˚~40˚C (32˚F~104˚F) -20˚C ~ 60˚C (-4˚F ~ 140˚F) 63 mm (2.78 lb. PB/PR.1” CMOS (Complementary Metal-Oxide Semiconductor) (Max: 3.9mm (2.5dBs (600Ω terminated) Mini-B type connector DC 8.42 oz) (Except for Lithium Ion battery pack) Omni-directional stereo microphone Indoors: greater than 15 m (49 ft) (straight line). Outdoors: about 5 m (16.

samsung.samsung.samsung.samsung.samsung.com/latin www.com/fi www.com/lu www.samsung.com/nz www.com/latin www.samsung.samsung.samsung.com/tr www.com/latin www. 02-689-3232 0800-329-999 1 800 588 889 444 77 11 0860-SAMSUNG(726-7864 ) 800-SAMSUNG (726-7864).14/Min) 06-80-SAMSUNG(726-7864) 800-SAMSUNG(726-7864) 02 261 03 710 0900-SAMSUNG (0900-7267864) (€ 0.A.com/hu www.com/latin www.samsung.samsung.com/be_fr (French) www.com/mx www.de www. DOMINICA TRINIDAD & TOBAGO VENEZUELA COLOMBIA BELGIUM CZECH REPUBLIC DENMARK FINLAND FRANCE GERMANY HUNGARY ITALIA LUXEMBURG NETHERLANDS NORWAY POLAND PORTUGAL SLOVAKIA SPAIN SWEDEN U.samsung.07/min) 0848-SAMSUNG(7267864.com/ar www.com/es www.com/no www.K EIRE AUSTRIA Switzerland LITHUANIA LATVIA ESTONIA RUSSIA KAZAKHSTAN UZBEKISTAN KYRGYZSTAN TADJIKISTAN UKRAINE Belarus Moldova AUSTRALIA New zealand CHINA HONG KONG Asia Pacific INDIA INDONESIA MALAYSIA PHILIPPINES SINGAPORE THAILAND TAIWAN VIETNAM Turkey SOUTH AFRICA U.samsung.samsung.samsung.com/cz www.com/cn www.samsung.samsung.com/za www.samsung.ru www.com/lv www.samsung.samsung.samsung.contact SAMSUNG world wide If you have any questions or comments relating to Samsung products.com/nl www.com/au www.com/latin www. € 0.com/dk www.com/at www.com/in www.com/latin www.samsung.com/sk www.com/ch_fr/(French) www.samsung. 1800 110011.com/hk www.com/kz_ru www.com/vn www.samsung. 010-6475 1880 3698-4698 3030 8282.samsung. 8000-4726 Contact Centre  Web Site www.com/ph www.samsung.samsung.samsung.com/id www.com/latin www.com/latin www.10/Min) 3-SAMSUNG(7267864) 0 801 1SAMSUNG(172678).com/kz_ru www.samsung.samsung.samsung.com/lt www.com/it www.com/ch www.com/pt www.com/ie www.S.com/cl www. 4004-0000 800-SAMSUNG(726-7864) 00-1800-5077267 800-7919267 0-800-507-7267 1-800-10-7267 800-6225 1-800-299-0013 1-800-234-7267 800-7267 1-800-682-3180 1-800-751-2676 1-800-SAMSUNG(726-7864) 0-800-100-5303 01-8000112112 02 201 2418 800-SAMSUNG(800-726786) 8-SAMSUNG(7267864) 30-6227 515 01 4863 0000 01805 .samsung. 1-800-3-SAMSUNG(726-7864). 1800 3000 8282 0800-112-8888 1800-88-9999 1-800-10-SAMSUNG(726-7864).com/latin www.com/my www.samsung.samsung. Region North America Country CANADA MEXICO U.com/hk_en/ www.samsung.com.samsung.samsung.samsung.co www.samsung.samsung.samsung. CHF 0.08/min) 8-800-77777 8000-7267 800-7267 8-800-555-55-55 8-10-800-500-55-500 8-10-800-500-55-500 00-800-500-55-500 8-10-800-500-55-500 8-800-502-0000 810-800-500-55-500 00-800-500-55-500 1300 362 603 0800 SAMSUNG (0800 726 786) 400-810-5858.samsung.samsung.samsung.samsung.samsung.com/uk www.com/pl www.com/latin www.com/tw www.samsung.samsung.samsung.samsung.com/latin www.samsung.com/fr www.com/se www.samsung.samsung.samsung. please contact the SAMSUNG customer care centre.samsung.com/ca www.com/th www.com/br www.com/sg www.samsung.samsung. 022-607-93-33 80820-SAMSUNG(726-7864) 0800-SAMSUNG(726-7864) 902-1-SAMSUNG (902 172 678) 0771 726 7864 (SAMSUNG) 0845 SAMSUNG (7267864) 0818 717 100 0810-SAMSUNG(7267864.ua www.com/ee www.A ARGENTINE BRAZIL CHILE Nicaragua Honduras COSTA RICA ECUADOR EL SALVADOR GUATEMALA JAMAICA PANAMA PUERTO RICO REP.samsung.samsung. 02-5805777 1800-SAMSUNG(726-7864) 1800-29-3232.com/latin www.SAMSUNG(726-7864 € 0.samsung.com/us www.samsung.com/be (Dutch) www.samsung.samsung.com/ua_ru www. 1-800-8-SAMSUNG(726-7864).E 1-800-SAMSUNG(726-7864) 01-800-SAMSUNG(726-7864) 1-800-SAMSUNG(726-7864) 0800-333-3733 0800-124-421.samsung.com/ae Latin America Europe CIS Middle East & Africa .samsung.

and we do not use the 6 hazardous materials. Poly Brominated Diphenyl Ethers(PBDEs). Poly Brominated Biphenyls (PBBs). Mercury (Hg). Lead (Pb). Hexavalent Chromium (Cr +6).Cadmium(Cd).RoHS compliant Our product complies with “The Restriction Of the use of certain Hazardous Substances in electrical and electronic equipment”.in our products. .

Sign up to vote on this title
UsefulNot useful